]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - gdb/breakpoint.c
Split struct symtab into two: struct symtab and compunit_symtab.
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "infrun.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57 #include "valprint.h"
58 #include "jit.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "probe.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "ax-gdb.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69
70 #include "format.h"
71
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
75
76 /* readline defines this. */
77 #undef savestring
78
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
81
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
84 {
85 EX_EVENT_THROW,
86 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
87 EX_EVENT_CATCH
88 };
89
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
91
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
93
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
103 void *),
104 void *);
105
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
107
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
109
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
111
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 enum bptype, char *,
115 char **);
116
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
118 struct linespec_result *,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype,
120 enum bpdisp, int, int,
121 int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
124
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
127
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
129
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
131
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
133
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
135
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
137
138 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
139 enum bptype,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
141 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
142 const struct symtab_and_line *);
143
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
145 static. */
146 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
147 struct symtab_and_line,
148 enum bptype,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
150
151 static struct breakpoint *
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
153 enum bptype type,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
155 int loc_enabled);
156
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
158
159 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
160 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
161 enum bptype bptype);
162
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
164 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
165 struct obj_section *, int);
166
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
169
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
172 CORE_ADDR addr);
173
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
180
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188
189 typedef enum
190 {
191 mark_inserted,
192 mark_uninserted
193 }
194 insertion_state_t;
195
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
200
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
210 enum bptype type,
211 int *other_type_used);
212
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
218 int count);
219
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
227
228 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
229 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
230 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
231
232 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
233
234 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
235 insert locations now. */
236 enum ugll_insert_mode
237 {
238 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
239 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
240 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
241 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
242 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
243 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
244 returns true on them.
245
246 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
247 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
248 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
249 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
250 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
251 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
252 the inferior. */
253 UGLL_DONT_INSERT,
254
255 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
256 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
257 UGLL_MAY_INSERT,
258
259 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
260 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
261 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
262 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
263 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
264 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
265 as no thread is running yet. */
266 UGLL_INSERT
267 };
268
269 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
270
271 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
272
273 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
274
275 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
276
277 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
278
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
280
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
282
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
284
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
286
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
288
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
290
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
292
293 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
294
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
296 otherwise. */
297
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
299
300 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
301 from. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
303
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
308
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
311
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
314
315 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
317
318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
319 breakpoints. */
320 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
321
322 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
323 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
324
325 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
326 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
327
328 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
329 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
330 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
331 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
332 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
333 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
334
335 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
336 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
337 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
338 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
339 dprintf_style_gdb,
340 dprintf_style_call,
341 dprintf_style_agent,
342 NULL
343 };
344 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
345
346 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
348 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
349 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
350
351 static char *dprintf_function = "";
352
353 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
354 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
355 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
356 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
357 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
358 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
359 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
360
361 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
362
363 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
364 has disconnected. */
365 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
366
367 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
368 breakpoints share a single command list. */
369 struct counted_command_line
370 {
371 /* The reference count. */
372 int refc;
373
374 /* The command list. */
375 struct command_line *commands;
376 };
377
378 struct command_line *
379 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
380 {
381 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
382 }
383
384 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
385 current breakpoint. */
386
387 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
388
389 const char *
390 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
391 {
392 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
393 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
394 a breakpoint. */
395 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
396
397 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
398 }
399
400 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
401 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
402 if such is available. */
403 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
404
405 static void
406 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
407 struct cmd_list_element *c,
408 const char *value)
409 {
410 fprintf_filtered (file,
411 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
412 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
413 value);
414 }
415
416 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
417 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
418 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
420 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
421 static void
422 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
423 struct cmd_list_element *c,
424 const char *value)
425 {
426 fprintf_filtered (file,
427 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
428 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 value);
430 }
431
432 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
433 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
434 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
435 use hardware breakpoints. */
436 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
437 static void
438 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c,
440 const char *value)
441 {
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 value);
445 }
446
447 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
448 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
449 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
450 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
451 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
452 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
453 processing user input. */
454 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
455
456 static void
457 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
458 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
459 {
460 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
461 value);
462 }
463
464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
465
466 int
467 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
468 {
469 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
470 {
471 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
472 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
473 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
474 return 1;
475 }
476 else if (target_has_execution)
477 {
478 if (always_inserted_mode)
479 {
480 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
481 are stopped. */
482 return 1;
483 }
484
485 if (threads_are_executing ())
486 return 1;
487 }
488 return 0;
489 }
490
491 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
492
493 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
494 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
495 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
496 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
497 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
498 condition_evaluation_auto,
499 condition_evaluation_host,
500 condition_evaluation_target,
501 NULL
502 };
503
504 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
506
507 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
508 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
509 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
510
511 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
512 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
513 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
514 evaluation mode. */
515
516 static const char *
517 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
518 {
519 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
520 {
521 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
522 return condition_evaluation_target;
523 else
524 return condition_evaluation_host;
525 }
526 else
527 return mode;
528 }
529
530 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
531
532 static const char *
533 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
534 {
535 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
536 }
537
538 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
539 otherwise. */
540
541 static int
542 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
543 {
544 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
545
546 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
547 }
548
549 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
550
551 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
552 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
553
554 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
555 static int overlay_events_enabled;
556
557 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
558 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
559
560 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
562 current breakpoint. */
563
564 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
565
566 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
567 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
568 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
569 B = TMP)
570
571 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
572 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
573 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
574
575 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
576 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
577 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
578 BP_TMP++)
579
580 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
581 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
582 to where the loop should start from.
583 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
584 appropriate location to start with. */
585
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
587 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
588 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
589 BP_LOCP_START \
590 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
591 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
592 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
593
594 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
595
596 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
597 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
598 if (is_tracepoint (B))
599
600 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
601
602 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
603
604 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
605
606 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
607
608 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
609
610 static unsigned bp_location_count;
611
612 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
613 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
614 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
615 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
616 an address you need to read. */
617
618 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
619
620 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
621 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
622 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
623 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
624 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
625
626 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
627
628 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
629 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
630 by a target. */
631 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
632
633 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
634
635 static int breakpoint_count;
636
637 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
638 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
639 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
640 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
641 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
642
643 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
644
645 static int tracepoint_count;
646
647 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
648 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
649 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
650
651 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
652 static int
653 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
654 {
655 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
656 }
657
658 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
659
660 static void
661 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
662 {
663 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
664 breakpoint_count = num;
665 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
666 }
667
668 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
669 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
670 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
671
672 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
673 breakpoint made. */
674
675 void
676 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
677 {
678 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
679 }
680
681 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
682 breakpoint made. */
683
684 void
685 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
686 {
687 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
688 }
689
690 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
691
692 void
693 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
694 {
695 struct breakpoint *b;
696
697 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
698 b->hit_count = 0;
699 }
700
701 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
702 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
703
704 static struct counted_command_line *
705 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
706 {
707 struct counted_command_line *result
708 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
709
710 result->refc = 1;
711 result->commands = commands;
712 return result;
713 }
714
715 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
716
717 static void
718 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
719 {
720 if (cmd)
721 ++cmd->refc;
722 }
723
724 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
725 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
726 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
727
728 static void
729 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
730 {
731 if (*cmdp)
732 {
733 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
734 {
735 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
736 xfree (*cmdp);
737 }
738 *cmdp = NULL;
739 }
740 }
741
742 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
743
744 static void
745 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
746 {
747 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
748 }
749
750 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
751 argument. */
752
753 static struct cleanup *
754 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
755 {
756 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
757 }
758
759 \f
760 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
761 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
762
763 struct breakpoint *
764 get_breakpoint (int num)
765 {
766 struct breakpoint *b;
767
768 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
769 if (b->number == num)
770 return b;
771
772 return NULL;
773 }
774
775 \f
776
777 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
778 evaluating conditions on its side. */
779
780 static void
781 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
782 {
783 struct bp_location *loc;
784
785 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
786 evaluating conditions and if the user has
787 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
788 side. */
789 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
790 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
791 return;
792
793 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
794 return;
795
796 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
797 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
798 }
799
800 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
802
803 static void
804 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
805 {
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
809 side. */
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
812
813 return;
814
815 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
816 return;
817
818 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
819 }
820
821 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
822 condition_evaluation_mode. */
823
824 static void
825 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
826 struct cmd_list_element *c)
827 {
828 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
829
830 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
831 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
832 {
833 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
834 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
835 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
836 return;
837 }
838
839 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
840 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
841
842 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
843 settings was "auto". */
844 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
845
846 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
847 if (new_mode != old_mode)
848 {
849 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
850 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
851 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
852
853 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
854 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
855 */
856
857 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
858 {
859 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
860 target. */
861 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
862 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
863 }
864 else
865 {
866 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
867 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
868 target knows about. */
869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
870 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
871 loc->needs_update = 1;
872 }
873
874 /* Do the update. */
875 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
876 }
877
878 return;
879 }
880
881 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
882 what "auto" is translating to. */
883
884 static void
885 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
886 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
887 {
888 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
889 fprintf_filtered (file,
890 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
891 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
892 value,
893 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
894 else
895 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
896 value);
897 }
898
899 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
900 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
901 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
902
903 static int
904 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
905 {
906 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
907 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
908
909 if (a->address == b->address)
910 return 0;
911 else
912 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
913 }
914
915 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
916 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
917 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
918 return NULL. */
919
920 static struct bp_location **
921 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
922 {
923 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
924 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
925 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
926
927 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
928 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
929 dummy_loc.address = address;
930
931 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
932 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
933 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
934 bp_location_compare_addrs);
935
936 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
937 if (locp_found == NULL)
938 return NULL;
939
940 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
941 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
942 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
943 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
944 locp_found--;
945
946 return locp_found;
947 }
948
949 void
950 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
951 int from_tty)
952 {
953 xfree (b->cond_string);
954 b->cond_string = NULL;
955
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 {
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959
960 xfree (w->cond_exp);
961 w->cond_exp = NULL;
962 }
963 else
964 {
965 struct bp_location *loc;
966
967 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
968 {
969 xfree (loc->cond);
970 loc->cond = NULL;
971
972 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
973 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
974 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
975 }
976 }
977
978 if (*exp == 0)
979 {
980 if (from_tty)
981 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
982 }
983 else
984 {
985 const char *arg = exp;
986
987 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
988 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
989 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
990 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
991
992 if (is_watchpoint (b))
993 {
994 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
995
996 innermost_block = NULL;
997 arg = exp;
998 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
999 if (*arg)
1000 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1001 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1002 }
1003 else
1004 {
1005 struct bp_location *loc;
1006
1007 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1008 {
1009 arg = exp;
1010 loc->cond =
1011 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1012 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1013 if (*arg)
1014 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1015 }
1016 }
1017 }
1018 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1019
1020 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1021 }
1022
1023 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1024
1025 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1026 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1027 const char *text, const char *word)
1028 {
1029 const char *space;
1030
1031 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1032 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1033 if (*space == '\0')
1034 {
1035 int len;
1036 struct breakpoint *b;
1037 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1038
1039 if (text[0] == '$')
1040 {
1041 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1042 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1043 return NULL;
1044 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1045 }
1046
1047 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1048 len = strlen (text);
1049
1050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1051 {
1052 char number[50];
1053
1054 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1055
1056 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1057 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1058 }
1059
1060 return result;
1061 }
1062
1063 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1064 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1065 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1066 }
1067
1068 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1069
1070 static void
1071 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1072 {
1073 struct breakpoint *b;
1074 char *p;
1075 int bnum;
1076
1077 if (arg == 0)
1078 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1079
1080 p = arg;
1081 bnum = get_number (&p);
1082 if (bnum == 0)
1083 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1084
1085 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1086 if (b->number == bnum)
1087 {
1088 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1089 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1090 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1091 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1092 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1093
1094 if (extlang != NULL)
1095 {
1096 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1097 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1098 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1099 }
1100 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1101
1102 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1103 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1104
1105 return;
1106 }
1107
1108 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1109 }
1110
1111 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1112 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1113 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1114
1115 static void
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1117 {
1118 struct command_line *c;
1119
1120 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1121 {
1122 int i;
1123
1124 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1125 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1126 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1127
1128 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1129 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1130
1131 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1132 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1133 command directly. */
1134 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1135 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1136
1137 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1138 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1139 }
1140 }
1141
1142 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1143
1144 static int
1145 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1146 {
1147 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1148 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1149 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1150 }
1151
1152 int
1153 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1154 {
1155 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1156 }
1157
1158 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1159 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1160 found. */
1161
1162 static void
1163 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1164 struct command_line *commands)
1165 {
1166 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1167 {
1168 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1169 struct command_line *c;
1170 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1171
1172 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1173 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1174 ones might not. */
1175 t->step_count = 0;
1176
1177 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1178 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1179 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1180 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1181 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1182 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1183 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1184 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1185 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1186 tracepoint's context. */
1187 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1188 {
1189 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1190 {
1191 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1192 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1193 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1194 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1195 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1196 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1197
1198 if (while_stepping)
1199 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1200 "can be used only once"));
1201 else
1202 while_stepping = c;
1203 }
1204
1205 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1206 }
1207 if (while_stepping)
1208 {
1209 struct command_line *c2;
1210
1211 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1212 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1213 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1214 {
1215 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1217 }
1218 }
1219 }
1220 else
1221 {
1222 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1223 }
1224 }
1225
1226 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1227 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1228
1229 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1230 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1231 {
1232 struct breakpoint *b;
1233 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1234 struct bp_location *loc;
1235
1236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1237 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1238 {
1239 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1240 if (loc->address == addr)
1241 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1242 }
1243
1244 return found;
1245 }
1246
1247 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1248 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1249
1250 void
1251 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1252 struct command_line *commands)
1253 {
1254 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1255
1256 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1257 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1259 }
1260
1261 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1262 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1263 commands. */
1264
1265 void
1266 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1267 {
1268 int old_silent = b->silent;
1269
1270 b->silent = silent;
1271 if (old_silent != silent)
1272 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1273 }
1274
1275 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1276 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1277
1278 void
1279 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1280 {
1281 int old_thread = b->thread;
1282
1283 b->thread = thread;
1284 if (old_thread != thread)
1285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1286 }
1287
1288 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1289 breakpoint work for any task. */
1290
1291 void
1292 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1293 {
1294 int old_task = b->task;
1295
1296 b->task = task;
1297 if (old_task != task)
1298 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1299 }
1300
1301 void
1302 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1303 {
1304 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1305
1306 validate_actionline (line, b);
1307 }
1308
1309 /* A structure used to pass information through
1310 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1311
1312 struct commands_info
1313 {
1314 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1315 int from_tty;
1316
1317 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1318 char *arg;
1319
1320 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1321 already-parsed command. */
1322 struct command_line *control;
1323
1324 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1325 yet been read. */
1326 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1327 };
1328
1329 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1330 commands_command. */
1331
1332 static void
1333 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1334 {
1335 struct commands_info *info = data;
1336
1337 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1338 {
1339 struct command_line *l;
1340
1341 if (info->control != NULL)
1342 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1343 else
1344 {
1345 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1346 char *str;
1347
1348 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1349 "%s, one per line."),
1350 info->arg);
1351
1352 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1353
1354 l = read_command_lines (str,
1355 info->from_tty, 1,
1356 (is_tracepoint (b)
1357 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1358 b);
1359
1360 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1361 }
1362
1363 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1364 }
1365
1366 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1367 do anything. */
1368 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1369 {
1370 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1371 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1372 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1373 b->commands = info->cmd;
1374 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1375 }
1376 }
1377
1378 static void
1379 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1380 struct command_line *control)
1381 {
1382 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1383 struct commands_info info;
1384
1385 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1386 info.control = control;
1387 info.cmd = NULL;
1388 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1389 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1390 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1391
1392 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1393 {
1394 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1395 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1396 breakpoint_count);
1397 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1398 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1399 else
1400 {
1401 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1402 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1403 numbers will fail in this case. */
1404 arg = NULL;
1405 }
1406 }
1407 else
1408 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1409 our argument. */
1410 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1411
1412 if (arg != NULL)
1413 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1414
1415 info.arg = arg;
1416
1417 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1418
1419 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1420 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1421
1422 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1423 }
1424
1425 static void
1426 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1427 {
1428 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1429 }
1430
1431 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1432 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1433
1434 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1435 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1436 enum command_control_type
1437 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1438 {
1439 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1440 return simple_control;
1441 }
1442
1443 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1444
1445 static int
1446 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1447 {
1448 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1449 return 0;
1450 if (!bl->inserted)
1451 return 0;
1452 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1453 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1454 return 0;
1455 return 1;
1456 }
1457
1458 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1459 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1460 contents.
1461
1462 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1464 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1465
1466 static void
1467 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1468 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1469 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1470 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1471 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1472 {
1473 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1474 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1475 int bp_size = 0;
1476 int bptoffset = 0;
1477
1478 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1479 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1480 {
1481 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1482 return;
1483 }
1484
1485 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1486 we need to copy. */
1487 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1488 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1489
1490 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1491 {
1492 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1493 reading. */
1494 return;
1495 }
1496
1497 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1498 {
1499 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1500 reading. */
1501 return;
1502 }
1503
1504 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1505 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1506 {
1507 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1508 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1509 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1510 bp_addr = memaddr;
1511 }
1512
1513 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1514 {
1515 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1516 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1517 }
1518
1519 if (readbuf != NULL)
1520 {
1521 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1522 shadow_contents buffer. */
1523 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1524 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1525 + target_info->shadow_len));
1526
1527 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1528 shadow. */
1529 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1530 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1531 }
1532 else
1533 {
1534 const unsigned char *bp;
1535 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1536 int placed_size;
1537
1538 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1539 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1540 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1541
1542 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1543 address. */
1544 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1545
1546 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1547 breakpoint's INSN. */
1548 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1549 }
1550 }
1551
1552 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1553 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1554
1555 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1556 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1557 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1558
1559 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1560 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1561 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1562 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1563 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1564 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1565 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1566 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1567 and:
1568 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1569
1570 void
1571 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1572 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1573 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1574 {
1575 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1576 search. */
1577 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1578 size_t i;
1579
1580 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1581 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1582 report higher one. */
1583
1584 bc_l = 0;
1585 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1586 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1587 {
1588 struct bp_location *bl;
1589
1590 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1591 bl = bp_location[bc];
1592
1593 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1594 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1595 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1596 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1597
1598 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1599 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1600 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1601
1602 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1603 >= bl->address)
1604 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1605 <= memaddr))
1606 bc_l = bc;
1607 else
1608 bc_r = bc;
1609 }
1610
1611 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1612 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1613 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1614 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1615 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1616 B:
1617
1618 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1619
1620 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1621 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1622 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1623 and L2. */
1624 while (bc_l > 0
1625 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1626 bc_l--;
1627
1628 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1629
1630 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1631 {
1632 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1633 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1634 int bp_size = 0;
1635 int bptoffset = 0;
1636
1637 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1638 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1639 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1640 bl->owner->number);
1641
1642 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1643 content. */
1644
1645 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1646 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1647 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1648 break;
1649
1650 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1651 continue;
1652
1653 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1654 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1655 }
1656 }
1657
1658 \f
1659
1660 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1661 breakpoint. */
1662
1663 int
1664 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1665 {
1666 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1667 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1668 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1669 }
1670
1671 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1672
1673 static int
1674 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1675 {
1676 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1677 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1678 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1679 }
1680
1681 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1682 software. */
1683
1684 int
1685 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1686 {
1687 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1688 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1689 }
1690
1691 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1692 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1693 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1694 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1695 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1696 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1697 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1698 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1699
1700 static int
1701 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1702 {
1703 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1704 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1705 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1706 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1707 }
1708
1709 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1710 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1711
1712 static void
1713 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1714 {
1715 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1716
1717 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1718 {
1719 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1720 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1721 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1722 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1723 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1724 }
1725 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1726 }
1727
1728 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1729 watchpoint W. */
1730
1731 static struct value *
1732 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1733 {
1734 struct value *bit_val;
1735
1736 if (val == NULL)
1737 return NULL;
1738
1739 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1740
1741 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1742 w->val_bitpos,
1743 w->val_bitsize,
1744 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1745 value_offset (val),
1746 val);
1747
1748 return bit_val;
1749 }
1750
1751 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1752 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1753 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1754 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1755 in b->loc->cond.
1756 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1757
1758 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1759 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1760 it.
1761
1762 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1763 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1764 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1765 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1766 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1767 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1768 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1769 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1770
1771 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1772 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1773 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1774 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1775 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1776 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1777 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1778 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1779 not changed.
1780
1781 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1782 hardware watchpoints:
1783
1784 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1785 called several times when GDB stops.
1786
1787 [linux]
1788 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1789 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1790 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1791 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1792 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1793 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1794 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1795 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1796 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1797 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1798 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1799
1800 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1801 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1802
1803 static void
1804 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1805 {
1806 int within_current_scope;
1807 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1808 int frame_saved;
1809
1810 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1811 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1812 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1813 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1814 return;
1815
1816 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1817 return;
1818
1819 frame_saved = 0;
1820
1821 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1822 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1823 within_current_scope = 1;
1824 else
1825 {
1826 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1827 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1828 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1829
1830 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1831 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1832 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1833 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1834 return;
1835
1836 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1837 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1838 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1839 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1840 selected frame. */
1841 frame_saved = 1;
1842 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1843
1844 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1845 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1846 if (within_current_scope)
1847 select_frame (fi);
1848 }
1849
1850 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1851 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1852 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1853 b->base.loc = NULL;
1854
1855 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1856 {
1857 const char *s;
1858
1859 if (b->exp)
1860 {
1861 xfree (b->exp);
1862 b->exp = NULL;
1863 }
1864 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1865 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1866 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1867 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1868 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1869 be completely different objects. */
1870 value_free (b->val);
1871 b->val = NULL;
1872 b->val_valid = 0;
1873
1874 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1875 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1876 locations (re)created below. */
1877 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1878 {
1879 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1880 {
1881 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1882 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1883 }
1884
1885 s = b->base.cond_string;
1886 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1887 }
1888 }
1889
1890 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1891 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1892 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1893 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1894 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1895 if (!target_has_execution)
1896 {
1897 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1898 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1899 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1900 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1901 {
1902 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1903 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1904 else
1905 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1906 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1907 }
1908 }
1909 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1910 {
1911 int pc = 0;
1912 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1913 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1914
1915 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1916
1917 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1918 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1919 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1920 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1921 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1922 watchpoints. */
1923 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1924 {
1925 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1926 {
1927 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1928 if (v != NULL)
1929 release_value (v);
1930 }
1931 b->val = v;
1932 b->val_valid = 1;
1933 }
1934
1935 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1936
1937 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1938 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1939 {
1940 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1941 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1942 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1943 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1944 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1945 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1946 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1947 {
1948 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1949
1950 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1951 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1952 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1953 if (v == result
1954 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1955 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1956 {
1957 CORE_ADDR addr;
1958 int type;
1959 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1960 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1961
1962 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1963 {
1964 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1965 sub-expression. */
1966 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1967 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1968 }
1969 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1970 {
1971 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1972 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1973 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1974 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1975 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1976 }
1977
1978 addr = value_address (v);
1979 if (bitsize != 0)
1980 {
1981 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1982 addr += bitpos / 8;
1983 }
1984
1985 type = hw_write;
1986 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1987 type = hw_read;
1988 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1989 type = hw_access;
1990
1991 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1992 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1993 ;
1994 *tmp = loc;
1995 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1996
1997 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1998 loc->address = addr;
1999
2000 if (bitsize != 0)
2001 {
2002 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2003 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2004 }
2005 else
2006 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2007
2008 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2009 }
2010 }
2011 }
2012
2013 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2014 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2015 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2016 is started. */
2017 if (reparse)
2018 {
2019 int reg_cnt;
2020 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2021 struct bp_location *bl;
2022
2023 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2024
2025 if (reg_cnt)
2026 {
2027 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2028 enum bptype type;
2029
2030 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2031 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2032 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2033
2034 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2035 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2036 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2037 this watchpoint in as well. */
2038
2039 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2040 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2041 hardware watchpoint type. */
2042 type = b->base.type;
2043 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2044 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2045
2046 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2047 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2048 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2049 through watch_command), so always account for it
2050 manually. */
2051
2052 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2053 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2054
2055 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2056 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2057
2058 target_resources_ok
2059 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2060 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2061 {
2062 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2063
2064 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2065 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2066 "hardware watchpoint."));
2067 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2068 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2069 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2070
2071 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2072 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2073 }
2074 else
2075 {
2076 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2077 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2078 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2079 nop. */
2080 b->base.type = type;
2081 }
2082 }
2083 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2084 {
2085 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2086 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2087 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2088 else
2089 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2090 "read/access watchpoint."));
2091 }
2092 else
2093 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2094
2095 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2096 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2097 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2098 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2099 }
2100
2101 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2102 {
2103 next = value_next (v);
2104 if (v != b->val)
2105 value_free (v);
2106 }
2107
2108 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2109 above left it without any location set up. But,
2110 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2111 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2112 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2113 {
2114 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2115 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2116 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2117 base->loc->address = -1;
2118 base->loc->length = -1;
2119 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2120 }
2121 }
2122 else if (!within_current_scope)
2123 {
2124 printf_filtered (_("\
2125 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2126 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2127 b->base.number);
2128 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2129 }
2130
2131 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2132 if (frame_saved)
2133 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2134 }
2135
2136
2137 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2138 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2139 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2140 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2141 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2142 static int
2143 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2144 {
2145 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2146 return 0;
2147
2148 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2149 return 0;
2150
2151 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2152 return 0;
2153
2154 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2155 return 0;
2156
2157 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2158 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2159 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2160 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2161 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2162 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2163 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2164 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2165 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2166 return 0;
2167
2168 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2169 location. */
2170 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2171 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2172 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2173 bl->address))
2174 {
2175 if (debug_infrun)
2176 {
2177 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2178 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2179 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2180 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2181 }
2182 return 0;
2183 }
2184
2185 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2186 instruction that triggered one. */
2187 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2188 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2189 {
2190 if (debug_infrun)
2191 {
2192 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2193 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2194 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2195 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2196 bl->length);
2197 }
2198 return 0;
2199 }
2200
2201 return 1;
2202 }
2203
2204 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2205 that the location is not duplicated. */
2206
2207 static int
2208 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2209 {
2210 int result;
2211 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2212
2213 bl->duplicate = 0;
2214 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2215 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2216 return result;
2217 }
2218
2219 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2220 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2221 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2222 any error during parsing. */
2223
2224 static struct agent_expr *
2225 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2226 {
2227 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2228 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2229
2230 if (!cond)
2231 return NULL;
2232
2233 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2234 that may show up. */
2235 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2236 {
2237 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2238 }
2239
2240 if (ex.reason < 0)
2241 {
2242 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2243 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2244 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2245 return NULL;
2246 }
2247
2248 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2249 return aexpr;
2250 }
2251
2252 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2253 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2254 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2255 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2256 one of them is true. */
2257
2258 static void
2259 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2260 {
2261 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2262 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2263 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2264 struct bp_location *loc;
2265
2266 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2267 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2268
2269 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2270 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2271 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2272 side. */
2273 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2274 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2275 return;
2276
2277 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2278 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2279 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2280 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2281 response back to GDB. */
2282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2283 {
2284 loc = (*loc2p);
2285 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2286 {
2287 if (modified)
2288 {
2289 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2290
2291 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2292 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2293 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2294 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2295 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2296 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2297
2298 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2299 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2300 to the target. */
2301 if (aexpr)
2302 continue;
2303 }
2304
2305 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2306 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2307 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2308 {
2309 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2310 break;
2311 }
2312 }
2313 }
2314
2315 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2316 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2317 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2318
2319 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2320 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2321 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2322 {
2323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2324 {
2325 loc = (*loc2p);
2326 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2327 {
2328 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2329 located. */
2330 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2331 return;
2332
2333 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2334 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2335 }
2336 }
2337 }
2338
2339 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2340 for this location's address. */
2341 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2342 {
2343 loc = (*loc2p);
2344 if (loc->cond
2345 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2346 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2347 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2348 && loc->enabled)
2349 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2350 conditions to the target. */
2351 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2352 loc->cond_bytecode);
2353 }
2354
2355 return;
2356 }
2357
2358 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2359 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2360 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2361
2362 static struct agent_expr *
2363 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2364 {
2365 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2366 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2367 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2368 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2369 const char *cmdrest;
2370 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2371 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2372 int nargs;
2373 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2374
2375 if (!cmd)
2376 return NULL;
2377
2378 cmdrest = cmd;
2379
2380 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2381 ++cmdrest;
2382 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2383
2384 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2385 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2386
2387 format_start = cmdrest;
2388
2389 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2390
2391 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2392
2393 format_end = cmdrest;
2394
2395 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2396 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2397
2398 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2399
2400 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2401 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2402
2403 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2404 cmdrest++;
2405 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2406
2407 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2408
2409 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2410 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2411
2412 nargs = 0;
2413 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2414 {
2415 const char *cmd1;
2416
2417 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2418 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2419 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2420 cmdrest = cmd1;
2421 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2422 ++cmdrest;
2423 }
2424
2425 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2426 that may show up. */
2427 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2428 {
2429 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2430 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2431 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2432 }
2433
2434 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2435
2436 if (ex.reason < 0)
2437 {
2438 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2439 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2440 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2441 return NULL;
2442 }
2443
2444 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2445 return aexpr;
2446 }
2447
2448 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2449 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2450 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2451
2452 static void
2453 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2454 {
2455 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2456 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2457 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2458 struct bp_location *loc;
2459
2460 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2461 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2462
2463 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2464 return;
2465
2466 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2467 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2468 return;
2469
2470 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2471 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2472 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2473 control. */
2474 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2475 {
2476 loc = (*loc2p);
2477 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2478 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2479 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2480 return;
2481 }
2482
2483 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2484 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2485 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2486 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2487 response back to GDB. */
2488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2489 {
2490 loc = (*loc2p);
2491 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2492 {
2493 if (modified)
2494 {
2495 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2496
2497 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2498 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2499 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2500 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2501 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2502 loc->owner->extra_string);
2503 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2504
2505 if (!aexpr)
2506 continue;
2507 }
2508
2509 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2510 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2511 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2512 {
2513 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2514 break;
2515 }
2516 }
2517 }
2518
2519 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2520 and so clean up. */
2521 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2522 {
2523 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2524 {
2525 loc = (*loc2p);
2526 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2527 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2528 {
2529 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2530 located. */
2531 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2532 return;
2533
2534 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2535 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2536 }
2537 }
2538 }
2539
2540 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2541 for this location's address. */
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2543 {
2544 loc = (*loc2p);
2545 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2546 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2547 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2548 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2549 && loc->enabled)
2550 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2551 to send the commands to the target. */
2552 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2553 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2554 }
2555
2556 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2557 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2558 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2559 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2560 }
2561
2562 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2563 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2564 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2565 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2566 -1 for failure.
2567
2568 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2569 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2570 static int
2571 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2572 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2573 int *disabled_breaks,
2574 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2575 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2576 {
2577 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2578 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2579 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2580
2581 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2582 return 0;
2583
2584 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2586 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2587 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2588 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2589 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2590 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2591 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2592 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2593 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2594 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2595 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2596
2597 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2598 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2599 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2600 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2601
2602 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2603 {
2604 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2605 build_target_command_list (bl);
2606 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2607 bl->needs_update = 0;
2608 }
2609
2610 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2611 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2612 {
2613 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2614 {
2615 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2616 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2617 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2618
2619 Two important cases are:
2620 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2621 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2622 hardware breakpoint.
2623 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2624 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2625 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2626 so we undo.
2627
2628 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2629 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2630 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2631 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2632 gdb. */
2633 struct mem_region *mr
2634 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2635
2636 if (mr)
2637 {
2638 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2639 {
2640 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2641
2642 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2643 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2644 else
2645 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2646
2647 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2648 {
2649 static int said = 0;
2650
2651 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2652 if (!said)
2653 {
2654 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2655 _("Note: automatically using "
2656 "hardware breakpoints for "
2657 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2658 said = 1;
2659 }
2660 }
2661 }
2662 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2663 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2664 {
2665 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2666 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2667 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2668 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2669 bl->owner->number,
2670 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2671 return 1;
2672 }
2673 }
2674 }
2675
2676 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2677 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2678 || bl->section == NULL
2679 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2680 {
2681 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2682 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2683 {
2684 int val;
2685
2686 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2687 if (val)
2688 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2689 }
2690 if (e.reason < 0)
2691 {
2692 bp_err = e.error;
2693 bp_err_message = e.message;
2694 }
2695 }
2696 else
2697 {
2698 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2699 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2700 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2701 {
2702 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2703 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2704 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2705 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2706 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2707 bl->owner->number);
2708 else
2709 {
2710 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2711 bl->section);
2712 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2713 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2714 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2715
2716 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2717 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2718 {
2719 int val;
2720
2721 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2722 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2723 if (val)
2724 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2725 }
2726 if (e.reason < 0)
2727 {
2728 bp_err = e.error;
2729 bp_err_message = e.message;
2730 }
2731
2732 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2733 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2734 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2735 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2736 bl->owner->number);
2737 }
2738 }
2739 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2740 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2741 {
2742 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2743 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2744 {
2745 int val;
2746
2747 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2748 if (val)
2749 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2750 }
2751 if (e.reason < 0)
2752 {
2753 bp_err = e.error;
2754 bp_err_message = e.message;
2755 }
2756 }
2757 else
2758 {
2759 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2760 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2761 return 0;
2762 }
2763 }
2764
2765 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2766 {
2767 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2768
2769 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2770 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2771 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2772 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2773 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2774 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2775 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2776 errors as memory errors. */
2777 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2778 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2779 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2781 bl->address)))
2782 {
2783 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2784 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2785 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2786 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2787 {
2788 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2789 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2790 bl->owner->number);
2791 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2792 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2793 "library breakpoints:\n");
2794 }
2795 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2796 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2797 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2798 return 0;
2799 }
2800 else
2801 {
2802 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2803 {
2804 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2805 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2807 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2808 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2809 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2810 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2811 }
2812 else
2813 {
2814 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2815 {
2816 char *message
2817 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2818 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2819 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2820
2821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2822 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2823 "%s\n",
2824 bl->owner->number, message);
2825 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2826 }
2827 else
2828 {
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2830 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2831 bl->owner->number,
2832 bp_err_message);
2833 }
2834 }
2835 return 1;
2836
2837 }
2838 }
2839 else
2840 bl->inserted = 1;
2841
2842 return 0;
2843 }
2844
2845 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2846 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2847 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2848 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2849 {
2850 int val;
2851
2852 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2853 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2854
2855 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2856
2857 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2858 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2859 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2860 {
2861 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2862
2863 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2864 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2865 of this one. */
2866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2867 if (loc != bl
2868 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2869 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2870 {
2871 bl->duplicate = 1;
2872 bl->inserted = 1;
2873 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2874 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2875 val = 0;
2876 break;
2877 }
2878
2879 if (val == 1)
2880 {
2881 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2882 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2883
2884 if (val)
2885 /* Back to the original value. */
2886 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2887 }
2888 }
2889
2890 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2891 }
2892
2893 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2894 {
2895 int val;
2896
2897 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2898 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2899
2900 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2901 if (val)
2902 {
2903 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2904
2905 if (val == 1)
2906 warning (_("\
2907 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2908 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2909 else
2910 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2911 }
2912
2913 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2914
2915 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2916 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2917 so just return success. */
2918 return 0;
2919 }
2920
2921 return 0;
2922 }
2923
2924 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2925 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2926 PSPACE anymore. */
2927
2928 void
2929 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2930 {
2931 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2932 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2933
2934 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2936 {
2937 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2938 delete_breakpoint (b);
2939 }
2940
2941 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2942 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2944 {
2945 struct bp_location *tmp;
2946
2947 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2948 {
2949 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2950 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2951 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2952 else
2953 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2954 if (tmp->next == loc)
2955 {
2956 tmp->next = loc->next;
2957 break;
2958 }
2959 }
2960 }
2961
2962 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2963 removed locations above. */
2964 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2965 }
2966
2967 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2968 Throws exception on any error.
2969 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2970 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2971 void
2972 insert_breakpoints (void)
2973 {
2974 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2975
2976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2977 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2978 {
2979 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2980
2981 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2982 }
2983
2984 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2985 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2986 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2988 }
2989
2990 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2991
2992 void
2993 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2994 {
2995 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2996
2997 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2998 {
2999 callback (loc, NULL);
3000 }
3001 }
3002
3003 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3004 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3005 always-inserted mode. */
3006
3007 static void
3008 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3009 {
3010 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3011 int error_flag = 0;
3012 int val = 0;
3013 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3014 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3015 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3016
3017 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3018 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3019
3020 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3021 there was an error. */
3022 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3023
3024 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3025
3026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3027 {
3028 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3029 breakpoints. */
3030 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3031 continue;
3032
3033 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3034 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3035 deletion of breakpoints. */
3036 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3037 continue;
3038
3039 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3040
3041 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3042 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3043 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3044 insert breakpoints. */
3045 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3046 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3047 continue;
3048
3049 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3050 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3051 if (val)
3052 error_flag = val;
3053 }
3054
3055 if (error_flag)
3056 {
3057 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3058 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3059 }
3060
3061 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3062 }
3063
3064 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3065
3066 static void
3067 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3068 {
3069 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3070 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3071 int error_flag = 0;
3072 int val = 0;
3073 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3074 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3075 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3076
3077 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3078 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3079
3080 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3081 there was an error. */
3082 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3083
3084 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3085
3086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3087 {
3088 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3089 continue;
3090
3091 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3092 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3093 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3094 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3095 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3096 continue;
3097
3098 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3099
3100 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3101 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3102 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3103 insert breakpoints. */
3104 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3105 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3106 continue;
3107
3108 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3109 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3110 if (val)
3111 error_flag = val;
3112 }
3113
3114 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3115 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3116 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3117 {
3118 int some_failed = 0;
3119 struct bp_location *loc;
3120
3121 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3122 continue;
3123
3124 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3125 continue;
3126
3127 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3128 continue;
3129
3130 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3131 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3132 {
3133 some_failed = 1;
3134 break;
3135 }
3136 if (some_failed)
3137 {
3138 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3139 if (loc->inserted)
3140 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3141
3142 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3143 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3144 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3145 bpt->number);
3146 error_flag = -1;
3147 }
3148 }
3149
3150 if (error_flag)
3151 {
3152 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3153 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3154 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3155 {
3156 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3157 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3158 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3159 }
3160 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3161 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3162 }
3163
3164 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3165 }
3166
3167 /* Used when the program stops.
3168 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3169 removing a breakpoint location. */
3170
3171 int
3172 remove_breakpoints (void)
3173 {
3174 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3175 int val = 0;
3176
3177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3178 {
3179 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3180 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3181 }
3182 return val;
3183 }
3184
3185 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3186 that thread. */
3187
3188 static void
3189 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3190 {
3191 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3192
3193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3194 {
3195 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3196 {
3197 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3198
3199 printf_filtered (_("\
3200 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3201 b->number, tp->num);
3202
3203 /* Hide it from the user. */
3204 b->number = 0;
3205 }
3206 }
3207 }
3208
3209 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3210
3211 int
3212 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3213 {
3214 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3215 int val;
3216 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3217
3218 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3219 {
3220 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3221 continue;
3222
3223 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
3224 continue;
3225
3226 if (bl->inserted)
3227 {
3228 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3229 if (val != 0)
3230 return val;
3231 }
3232 }
3233 return 0;
3234 }
3235
3236 int
3237 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3238 {
3239 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3240 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3241 int val;
3242 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3243 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3244 struct inferior *inf;
3245 struct thread_info *tp;
3246
3247 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3248 if (tp == NULL)
3249 return 1;
3250
3251 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3252 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3253
3254 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3255
3256 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3257 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3258
3259 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3260 {
3261 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3262 continue;
3263
3264 if (bl->inserted)
3265 {
3266 bl->inserted = 0;
3267 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3268 if (val != 0)
3269 {
3270 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3271 return val;
3272 }
3273 }
3274 }
3275 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3276 return 0;
3277 }
3278
3279 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3280
3281 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3282 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3283 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3284 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3285 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3286 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3287 static void
3288 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3289 {
3290 if (internal)
3291 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3292 else
3293 {
3294 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3295 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3296 }
3297 }
3298
3299 static struct breakpoint *
3300 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3301 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3302 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3303 {
3304 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3305 struct breakpoint *b;
3306
3307 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3308
3309 sal.pc = address;
3310 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3311 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3312
3313 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3314 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3315 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3316
3317 return b;
3318 }
3319
3320 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3321 {
3322 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3323 };
3324 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3325
3326 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3327 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3328 {
3329 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3330 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3331
3332 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3333 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3334
3335 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3336 int longjmp_searched;
3337
3338 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3339 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3340
3341 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3342 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3343
3344 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3345 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3346
3347 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3348 int exception_searched;
3349
3350 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3351 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3352 };
3353
3354 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3355
3356 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3357 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3358
3359 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3360
3361 static int
3362 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3363 {
3364 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3365 }
3366
3367 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3368 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3369
3370 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3371 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3372 {
3373 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3374
3375 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3376 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3377 {
3378 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3379 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3380
3381 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3382 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3383 }
3384 return bp_objfile_data;
3385 }
3386
3387 static void
3388 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3389 {
3390 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3391
3392 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3393 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3394 }
3395
3396 static void
3397 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3398 {
3399 struct objfile *objfile;
3400 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3401
3402 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3403 {
3404 struct breakpoint *b;
3405 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3406 CORE_ADDR addr;
3407
3408 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3409
3410 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3411 continue;
3412
3413 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3414 {
3415 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3416
3417 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3418 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3419 {
3420 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3421 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3422 continue;
3423 }
3424 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3425 }
3426
3427 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3428 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3429 bp_overlay_event,
3430 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3431 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3432
3433 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3434 {
3435 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3436 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3437 }
3438 else
3439 {
3440 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3441 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3442 }
3443 }
3444 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3445 }
3446
3447 static void
3448 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3449 {
3450 struct program_space *pspace;
3451 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3452
3453 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3454
3455 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3456 {
3457 struct objfile *objfile;
3458
3459 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3460
3461 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3462 {
3463 int i;
3464 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3465 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3466
3467 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3468
3469 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3470
3471 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3472 {
3473 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3474
3475 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3476 if (ret != NULL)
3477 {
3478 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3479 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3480
3481 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3482 {
3483 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3484 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3485 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3486 ret = NULL;
3487 }
3488 }
3489 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3490 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3491 }
3492
3493 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3494 {
3495 int i;
3496 struct probe *probe;
3497 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3498
3499 for (i = 0;
3500 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3501 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3502 i, probe);
3503 ++i)
3504 {
3505 struct breakpoint *b;
3506
3507 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3508 get_probe_address (probe,
3509 objfile),
3510 bp_longjmp_master,
3511 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3512 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3513 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3514 }
3515
3516 continue;
3517 }
3518
3519 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3520 continue;
3521
3522 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3523 {
3524 struct breakpoint *b;
3525 const char *func_name;
3526 CORE_ADDR addr;
3527
3528 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3529 continue;
3530
3531 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3532 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3533 {
3534 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3535
3536 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3537 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3538 {
3539 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3540 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3541 continue;
3542 }
3543 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3544 }
3545
3546 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3547 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3548 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3549 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3550 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3551 }
3552 }
3553 }
3554 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3555
3556 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3557 }
3558
3559 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3560 static void
3561 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3562 {
3563 struct program_space *pspace;
3564 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3565 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3566
3567 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3568
3569 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3570 {
3571 struct objfile *objfile;
3572 CORE_ADDR addr;
3573
3574 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3575
3576 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3577 {
3578 struct breakpoint *b;
3579 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3580
3581 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3582
3583 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3584 continue;
3585
3586 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3587 {
3588 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3589
3590 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3591 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3592 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3593 {
3594 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3595 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3596 continue;
3597 }
3598 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3599 }
3600
3601 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3602 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3603 bp_std_terminate_master,
3604 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3605 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3606 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3607 }
3608 }
3609
3610 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3611
3612 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3613 }
3614
3615 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3616
3617 static void
3618 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3619 {
3620 struct objfile *objfile;
3621 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3622
3623 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3624 {
3625 struct breakpoint *b;
3626 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3627 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3628 CORE_ADDR addr;
3629
3630 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3631
3632 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3633 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3634 {
3635 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3636
3637 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3638
3639 if (ret != NULL)
3640 {
3641 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3642 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3643
3644 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3645 {
3646 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3647 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3648 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3649 ret = NULL;
3650 }
3651 }
3652 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3653 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3654 }
3655
3656 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3657 {
3658 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3659 int i;
3660 struct probe *probe;
3661
3662 for (i = 0;
3663 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3664 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3665 i, probe);
3666 ++i)
3667 {
3668 struct breakpoint *b;
3669
3670 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3671 get_probe_address (probe,
3672 objfile),
3673 bp_exception_master,
3674 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3675 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3676 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3677 }
3678
3679 continue;
3680 }
3681
3682 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3683
3684 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3685 continue;
3686
3687 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3688
3689 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3690 {
3691 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3692
3693 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3694 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3695 {
3696 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3697 continue;
3698 }
3699
3700 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3701 }
3702
3703 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3704 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3705 &current_target);
3706 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3707 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3708 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3709 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3710 }
3711
3712 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3713 }
3714
3715 void
3716 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3717 {
3718 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3719 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3720
3721 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3722 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3723 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3724 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3725 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3726 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3727 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3728 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3729 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3730 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3731 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3732
3733 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3734 {
3735 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3736 continue;
3737
3738 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3739 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3740 {
3741 delete_breakpoint (b);
3742 continue;
3743 }
3744
3745 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3746 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3747 {
3748 delete_breakpoint (b);
3749 continue;
3750 }
3751
3752 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3753 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3754 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3755 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3756 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3757 {
3758 delete_breakpoint (b);
3759 continue;
3760 }
3761
3762 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3763 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3764 {
3765 delete_breakpoint (b);
3766 continue;
3767 }
3768
3769 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3770 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3771 {
3772 delete_breakpoint (b);
3773 continue;
3774 }
3775
3776 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3777 after an exec. */
3778 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3779 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3780 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3781 {
3782 delete_breakpoint (b);
3783 continue;
3784 }
3785
3786 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3787 {
3788 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3789 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3790 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3791 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3792 continue;
3793 }
3794
3795 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3796 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3797 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3798 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3799 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3800 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3801
3802 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3803 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3804 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3805 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3806 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3807 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3808 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3809
3810 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3811 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3812 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3813 let finish_command delete it.
3814
3815 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3816 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3817 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3818 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3819 solib breakpoints.) */
3820
3821 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3822 {
3823 continue;
3824 }
3825
3826 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3827 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3828 a.out. */
3829 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3830 {
3831 delete_breakpoint (b);
3832 continue;
3833 }
3834 }
3835 }
3836
3837 int
3838 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3839 {
3840 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3841 int val = 0;
3842 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3843 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3844
3845 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3846 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3847
3848 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3849 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3850 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3851 {
3852 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3853 continue;
3854
3855 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3856 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3857 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3858 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3859 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3860 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3861 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3862 continue;
3863
3864 if (bl->inserted)
3865 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3866 }
3867
3868 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3869 return val;
3870 }
3871
3872 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3873 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3874 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3875 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3876 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3877
3878 static int
3879 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3880 {
3881 int val;
3882
3883 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3884 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3885
3886 if (bl->permanent)
3887 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3888 return 0;
3889
3890 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3891 This should not ever happen. */
3892 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3893
3894 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3895 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3896 {
3897 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3898 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3899 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3900
3901 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3902 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3903 || bl->section == NULL
3904 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3905 {
3906 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3907
3908 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3909 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3910 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3911 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3912 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3913 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3914 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3915 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3916 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3917 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3918 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3919 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3920 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3921 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3922 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3923 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3924 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3925 they should always be removed. */
3926 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3927 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3928 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3929 val = 0;
3930 else
3931 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3932 }
3933 else
3934 {
3935 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3936 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3937 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3938 {
3939 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3940 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3941 */
3942 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3943 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3944 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3945 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3946 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3947 else
3948 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3949 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3950 }
3951 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3952 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3953 if (bl->inserted)
3954 {
3955 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3956 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3957 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3958 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3959
3960 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3961 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3962 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3963 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3964 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3965 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3966 else
3967 val = 0;
3968 }
3969 else
3970 {
3971 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3972 val = 0;
3973 }
3974 }
3975
3976 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3977 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3978 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3979 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3980 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3981 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3982 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3983 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3984 always-inserted mode. */
3985 if (val
3986 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3987 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3988 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3989 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3990 bl->address))))
3991 val = 0;
3992
3993 if (val)
3994 return val;
3995 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3996 }
3997 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3998 {
3999 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4000 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4001
4002 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4003 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4004
4005 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4006 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4007 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4008 bl->owner->number);
4009 }
4010 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4011 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4012 && !bl->duplicate)
4013 {
4014 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4015 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4016
4017 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4018 if (val)
4019 return val;
4020
4021 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4022 }
4023
4024 return 0;
4025 }
4026
4027 static int
4028 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4029 {
4030 int ret;
4031 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4032
4033 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4034 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4035
4036 if (bl->permanent)
4037 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4038 return 0;
4039
4040 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4041 This should not ever happen. */
4042 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4043
4044 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4045
4046 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4047
4048 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4049
4050 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4051 return ret;
4052 }
4053
4054 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4055
4056 void
4057 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4058 {
4059 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4060
4061 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4062 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space
4063 && !bl->permanent)
4064 bl->inserted = 0;
4065 }
4066
4067 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4068 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4069
4070 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4071 between runs.
4072
4073 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4074 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4075 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4076
4077
4078
4079 void
4080 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4081 {
4082 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4083 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4084 int ix;
4085 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4086
4087 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4088 nothing to do. */
4089 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4090 return;
4091
4092 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4093
4094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4095 {
4096 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4097 continue;
4098
4099 switch (b->type)
4100 {
4101 case bp_call_dummy:
4102 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4103
4104 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4105 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4106 rid of it. */
4107
4108 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4109
4110 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4111
4112 case bp_shlib_event:
4113
4114 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4115 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4116 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4117 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4118 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4119
4120 (gdb) file prog-linux
4121 (gdb) run # native linux target
4122 ...
4123 (gdb) kill
4124 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4125 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4126 */
4127
4128 case bp_step_resume:
4129
4130 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4131
4132 case bp_single_step:
4133
4134 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4135
4136 delete_breakpoint (b);
4137 break;
4138
4139 case bp_watchpoint:
4140 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4141 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4142 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4143 {
4144 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4145
4146 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4147 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4148 delete_breakpoint (b);
4149 else if (context == inf_starting)
4150 {
4151 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4152 insert_breakpoints. */
4153 if (w->val)
4154 value_free (w->val);
4155 w->val = NULL;
4156 w->val_valid = 0;
4157 }
4158 }
4159 break;
4160 default:
4161 break;
4162 }
4163 }
4164
4165 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4166 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4167 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4168 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4169 }
4170
4171 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4172 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4173 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4174 match, not program space. */
4175
4176 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4177 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4178 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4179 permanent breakpoint.
4180 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4181 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4182 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4183 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4184 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4185
4186 enum breakpoint_here
4187 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4188 {
4189 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4190 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4191
4192 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4193 {
4194 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4195 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4196 continue;
4197
4198 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4199 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4200 || bl->permanent)
4201 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4202 {
4203 if (overlay_debugging
4204 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4205 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4206 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4207 else if (bl->permanent)
4208 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4209 else
4210 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4211 }
4212 }
4213
4214 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4215 }
4216
4217 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4218
4219 int
4220 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4221 {
4222 struct bp_location *loc;
4223 int ix;
4224
4225 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4226 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4227 return 1;
4228
4229 return 0;
4230 }
4231
4232 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4233
4234 int
4235 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4236 {
4237 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4238
4239 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4240 {
4241 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4242 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4243 continue;
4244
4245 if (bl->inserted
4246 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4247 {
4248 if (overlay_debugging
4249 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4250 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4251 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4252 else
4253 return 1;
4254 }
4255 }
4256 return 0;
4257 }
4258
4259 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4260 inserted at PC. */
4261
4262 int
4263 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4264 CORE_ADDR pc)
4265 {
4266 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4267
4268 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4269 {
4270 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4271 continue;
4272
4273 if (bl->inserted
4274 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4275 aspace, pc))
4276 {
4277 if (overlay_debugging
4278 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4279 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4280 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4281 else
4282 return 1;
4283 }
4284 }
4285
4286 return 0;
4287 }
4288
4289 int
4290 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4291 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4292 {
4293 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4294
4295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4296 {
4297 struct bp_location *loc;
4298
4299 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4300 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4301 continue;
4302
4303 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4304 continue;
4305
4306 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4307 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4308 {
4309 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4310
4311 /* Check for intersection. */
4312 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4313 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4314 if (l < h)
4315 return 1;
4316 }
4317 }
4318 return 0;
4319 }
4320 \f
4321
4322 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4323 in breakpoint.h. */
4324
4325 int
4326 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4327 {
4328 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4329 }
4330
4331 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4332 'next' chain. */
4333
4334 static void
4335 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4336 {
4337 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4338 value_free (bs->old_val);
4339 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4340 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4341 xfree (bs);
4342 }
4343
4344 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4345 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4346
4347 void
4348 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4349 {
4350 bpstat p;
4351 bpstat q;
4352
4353 if (bsp == 0)
4354 return;
4355 p = *bsp;
4356 while (p != NULL)
4357 {
4358 q = p->next;
4359 bpstat_free (p);
4360 p = q;
4361 }
4362 *bsp = NULL;
4363 }
4364
4365 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4366 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4367
4368 bpstat
4369 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4370 {
4371 bpstat p = NULL;
4372 bpstat tmp;
4373 bpstat retval = NULL;
4374
4375 if (bs == NULL)
4376 return bs;
4377
4378 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4379 {
4380 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4381 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4382 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4383 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4384 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4385 {
4386 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4387 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4388 }
4389
4390 if (p == NULL)
4391 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4392 retval = tmp;
4393 else
4394 p->next = tmp;
4395 p = tmp;
4396 }
4397 p->next = NULL;
4398 return retval;
4399 }
4400
4401 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4402
4403 bpstat
4404 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4405 {
4406 if (bsp == NULL)
4407 return NULL;
4408
4409 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4410 {
4411 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4412 return bsp;
4413 }
4414 return NULL;
4415 }
4416
4417 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4418
4419 int
4420 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4421 {
4422 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4423 {
4424 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4425 {
4426 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4427 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4428 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4429 return 1;
4430 }
4431 else
4432 {
4433 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4434 sig))
4435 return 1;
4436 }
4437 }
4438
4439 return 0;
4440 }
4441
4442 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4443 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4444 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4445 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4446
4447 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4448 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4449 we set it.
4450 Return 1 otherwise. */
4451
4452 int
4453 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4454 {
4455 struct breakpoint *b;
4456
4457 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4458 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4459
4460 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4461 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4462 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4463 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4464 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4465 if (b == NULL)
4466 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4467
4468 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4469 return 1;
4470 }
4471
4472 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4473
4474 void
4475 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4476 {
4477 struct thread_info *tp;
4478 bpstat bs;
4479
4480 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4481 return;
4482
4483 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4484 if (tp == NULL)
4485 return;
4486
4487 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4488 {
4489 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4490
4491 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4492 {
4493 value_free (bs->old_val);
4494 bs->old_val = NULL;
4495 }
4496 }
4497 }
4498
4499 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4500
4501 static void
4502 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4503 {
4504 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4505 {
4506 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4507
4508 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4509 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4510 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4511 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4512 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4513 return;
4514 }
4515
4516 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4517 }
4518
4519 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4520 command. */
4521 static void
4522 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4523 {
4524 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4525 }
4526
4527 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4528 or its equivalent. */
4529
4530 static int
4531 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4532 {
4533 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4534 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4535 }
4536
4537 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4538 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4539 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4540 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4541
4542 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4543 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4544 bpstat of the current thread. */
4545
4546 static int
4547 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4548 {
4549 bpstat bs;
4550 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4551 int again = 0;
4552
4553 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4554 in bs->commands. */
4555 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4556 return 0;
4557
4558 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4559 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4560
4561 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4562
4563 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4564 bs = *bsp;
4565
4566 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4567 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4568 {
4569 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4570 struct command_line *cmd;
4571 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4572
4573 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4574
4575 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4576 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4577 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4578 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4579 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4580 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4581 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4582 the tree when we're done. */
4583 ccmd = bs->commands;
4584 bs->commands = NULL;
4585 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4586 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4587 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4588 {
4589 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4590 cmd = cmd->next;
4591 }
4592
4593 while (cmd != NULL)
4594 {
4595 execute_control_command (cmd);
4596
4597 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4598 break;
4599 else
4600 cmd = cmd->next;
4601 }
4602
4603 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4604 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4605
4606 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4607 {
4608 if (target_can_async_p ())
4609 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4610 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4611 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4612 ;
4613 else
4614 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4615 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4616 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4617 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4618 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4619 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4620 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4621 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4622 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4623 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4624 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4625 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4626 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4627 again = 1;
4628 break;
4629 }
4630 }
4631 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4632 return again;
4633 }
4634
4635 void
4636 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4637 {
4638 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4639
4640 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4641 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4642 && target_has_execution
4643 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4644 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4645 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4646 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4647 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4648 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4649 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4650 break;
4651
4652 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4653 }
4654
4655 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4656
4657 static void
4658 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4659 {
4660 if (val == NULL)
4661 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4662 else
4663 {
4664 struct value_print_options opts;
4665 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4666 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4667 }
4668 }
4669
4670 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4671 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4672 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4673 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4674 normal_stop(). */
4675
4676 static enum print_stop_action
4677 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4678 {
4679 switch (bs->print_it)
4680 {
4681 case print_it_noop:
4682 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4683 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4684 break;
4685
4686 case print_it_done:
4687 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4688 relevant messages. */
4689 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4690 break;
4691
4692 case print_it_normal:
4693 {
4694 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4695
4696 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4697 which has since been deleted. */
4698 if (b == NULL)
4699 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4700
4701 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4702 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4703 }
4704 break;
4705
4706 default:
4707 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4708 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4709 break;
4710 }
4711 }
4712
4713 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4714
4715 static void
4716 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4717 {
4718 int any_deleted
4719 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4720 int any_added
4721 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4722
4723 if (!is_catchpoint)
4724 {
4725 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4726 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4727 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4728 else
4729 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4730 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4731 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4732 }
4733
4734 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4735 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4736 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4737
4738 if (any_deleted)
4739 {
4740 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4741 char *name;
4742 int ix;
4743
4744 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4745 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4746 "removed");
4747 for (ix = 0;
4748 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4749 ix, name);
4750 ++ix)
4751 {
4752 if (ix > 0)
4753 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4754 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4755 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4756 }
4757
4758 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4759 }
4760
4761 if (any_added)
4762 {
4763 struct so_list *iter;
4764 int ix;
4765 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4766
4767 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4768 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4769 "added");
4770 for (ix = 0;
4771 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4772 ix, iter);
4773 ++ix)
4774 {
4775 if (ix > 0)
4776 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4777 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4778 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4779 }
4780
4781 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4782 }
4783 }
4784
4785 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4786 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4787 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4788 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4789 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4790 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4791 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4792 routine is one of:
4793
4794 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4795 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4796 code to print the location. An example is
4797 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4798 the location.
4799 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4800 to also print the location part of the message.
4801 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4802 don't require a location appended to the end.
4803 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4804 further info to be printed. */
4805
4806 enum print_stop_action
4807 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4808 {
4809 int val;
4810
4811 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4812 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4813 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4814 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4815 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4816 {
4817 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4818 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4819 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4820 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4821 return val;
4822 }
4823
4824 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4825 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4826 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4827 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4828 {
4829 print_solib_event (0);
4830 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4831 }
4832
4833 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4834 with and nothing was printed. */
4835 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4836 }
4837
4838 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4839 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4840 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4841 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4842 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4843 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4844
4845 static int
4846 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4847 {
4848 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4849 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4850
4851 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4852 return i;
4853 }
4854
4855 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4856
4857 static bpstat
4858 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4859 {
4860 bpstat bs;
4861
4862 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4863 bs->next = NULL;
4864 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4865 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4866 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4867 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4868 incref_bp_location (bl);
4869 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4870 bs->commands = NULL;
4871 bs->old_val = NULL;
4872 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4873 return bs;
4874 }
4875 \f
4876 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4877 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4878
4879 int
4880 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4881 {
4882 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4883 CORE_ADDR addr;
4884 struct breakpoint *b;
4885
4886 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4887 {
4888 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4889 as not triggered. */
4890 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4891 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4892 {
4893 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4894
4895 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4896 }
4897
4898 return 0;
4899 }
4900
4901 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4902 {
4903 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4904 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4905 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4906 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4907 {
4908 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4909
4910 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4911 }
4912
4913 return 1;
4914 }
4915
4916 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4917 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4918 triggered. */
4919
4920 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4921 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4922 {
4923 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4924 struct bp_location *loc;
4925
4926 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4927 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4928 {
4929 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4930 {
4931 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4932 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4933
4934 if (newaddr == start)
4935 {
4936 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4937 break;
4938 }
4939 }
4940 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4941 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4942 addr, loc->address,
4943 loc->length))
4944 {
4945 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4946 break;
4947 }
4948 }
4949 }
4950
4951 return 1;
4952 }
4953
4954 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4955 because of check_errors). */
4956 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4957 #define WP_DELETED 1
4958 /* The value has changed. */
4959 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4960 /* The value has not changed. */
4961 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4962 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4963 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4964
4965 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4966 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4967
4968 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4969 changed.
4970
4971 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4972 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4973
4974 static int
4975 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4976 {
4977 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4978 struct watchpoint *b;
4979 struct frame_info *fr;
4980 int within_current_scope;
4981
4982 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4983 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4984 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4985
4986 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4987 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4988 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4989 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4990 return WP_IGNORE;
4991
4992 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4993 within_current_scope = 1;
4994 else
4995 {
4996 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4997 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4998 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4999
5000 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5001 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5002 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5003 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5004 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5005 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5006 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5007 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5008 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5009 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5010 return WP_IGNORE;
5011
5012 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5013 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5014
5015 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5016 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5017 if (within_current_scope)
5018 {
5019 struct symbol *function;
5020
5021 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5022 if (function == NULL
5023 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5024 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5025 within_current_scope = 0;
5026 }
5027
5028 if (within_current_scope)
5029 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5030 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5031 the user. */
5032 select_frame (fr);
5033 }
5034
5035 if (within_current_scope)
5036 {
5037 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5038 time before we return to the command level and call
5039 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5040 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5041
5042 int pc = 0;
5043 struct value *mark;
5044 struct value *new_val;
5045
5046 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5047 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5048 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5049 a mask watchpoint. */
5050 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5051
5052 mark = value_mark ();
5053 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5054
5055 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5056 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5057
5058 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5059 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5060 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5061 not what we want. */
5062 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5063 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5064 {
5065 if (new_val != NULL)
5066 {
5067 release_value (new_val);
5068 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5069 }
5070 bs->old_val = b->val;
5071 b->val = new_val;
5072 b->val_valid = 1;
5073 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5074 }
5075 else
5076 {
5077 /* Nothing changed. */
5078 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5079 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5080 }
5081 }
5082 else
5083 {
5084 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5085
5086 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5087 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5088 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5089 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5090 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5091 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5092 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5093 the first value assigned). */
5094 /* We print all the stop information in
5095 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5096 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5097 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5098 here. */
5099 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5100 ui_out_field_string
5101 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5102 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5103 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5104 ui_out_text (uiout,
5105 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5106 which its expression is valid.\n");
5107
5108 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5109 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5110 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5111
5112 return WP_DELETED;
5113 }
5114 }
5115
5116 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5117 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5118 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5119
5120 static int
5121 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5122 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5123 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5124 {
5125 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5126
5127 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5128 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5129
5130 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5131 }
5132
5133 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5134 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5135
5136 static void
5137 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5138 {
5139 const struct bp_location *bl;
5140 struct watchpoint *b;
5141
5142 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5143 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5144 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5145 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5146 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5147
5148 {
5149 int must_check_value = 0;
5150
5151 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5152 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5153 watched value. */
5154 must_check_value = 1;
5155 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5156 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5157 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5158 this watchpoint. */
5159 must_check_value = 1;
5160 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5161 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5162 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5163 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5164 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5165 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5166 must_check_value = 1;
5167
5168 if (must_check_value)
5169 {
5170 char *message
5171 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5172 b->base.number);
5173 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5174 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5175 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5176 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5177 switch (e)
5178 {
5179 case WP_DELETED:
5180 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5181 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5182 /* Stop. */
5183 break;
5184 case WP_IGNORE:
5185 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5186 bs->stop = 0;
5187 break;
5188 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5189 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5190 {
5191 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5192
5193 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5194 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5195 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5196 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5197 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5198 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5199 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5200 old value.
5201
5202 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5203 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5204 happen:
5205
5206 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5207 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5208 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5209 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5210
5211 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5212 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5213 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5214 watchpoint.
5215
5216 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5217 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5218 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5219 changes. This still gives false positives when
5220 the program writes the same value to memory as
5221 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5222 it for a read), but it's much better than
5223 nothing. */
5224
5225 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5226
5227 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5228 {
5229 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5230
5231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5232 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5233 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5234 {
5235 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5236 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5237
5238 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5239 == watch_triggered_yes)
5240 {
5241 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5242 break;
5243 }
5244 }
5245 }
5246
5247 if (other_write_watchpoint
5248 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5249 {
5250 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5251 and the value changed since the last time we
5252 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5253 Ignore it. */
5254 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5255 bs->stop = 0;
5256 }
5257 }
5258 break;
5259 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5260 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5261 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5262 {
5263 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5264 the value hasn't changed. */
5265 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5266 bs->stop = 0;
5267 }
5268 /* Stop. */
5269 break;
5270 default:
5271 /* Can't happen. */
5272 case 0:
5273 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5274 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5275 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5276 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5277 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5278 break;
5279 }
5280 }
5281 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5282 {
5283 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5284 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5285 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5286 anything for this watchpoint. */
5287 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5288 bs->stop = 0;
5289 }
5290 }
5291 }
5292
5293 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5294 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5295 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5296 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5297
5298 static void
5299 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5300 {
5301 const struct bp_location *bl;
5302 struct breakpoint *b;
5303 int value_is_zero = 0;
5304 struct expression *cond;
5305
5306 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5307
5308 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5309 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5310 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5311 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5312 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5313
5314 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5315 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5316 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5317
5318 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5319 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5320 {
5321 bs->stop = 0;
5322 return;
5323 }
5324
5325 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5326 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5327 thread/task. */
5328 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5329 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5330
5331 {
5332 bs->stop = 0;
5333 return;
5334 }
5335
5336 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5337 implemented. */
5338 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5339
5340 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5341 {
5342 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5343
5344 cond = w->cond_exp;
5345 }
5346 else
5347 cond = bl->cond;
5348
5349 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5350 {
5351 int within_current_scope = 1;
5352 struct watchpoint * w;
5353
5354 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5355 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5356 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5357 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5358 function call. */
5359 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5360
5361 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5362 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5363 else
5364 w = NULL;
5365
5366 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5367 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5368 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5369 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5370 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5371 call site. */
5372 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5373 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5374 else
5375 {
5376 struct frame_info *frame;
5377
5378 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5379 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5380 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5381 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5382 really matter which instantiation of the function
5383 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5384 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5385 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5386 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5387 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5388 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5389 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5390 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5391 intuitive. */
5392 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5393 if (frame != NULL)
5394 select_frame (frame);
5395 else
5396 within_current_scope = 0;
5397 }
5398 if (within_current_scope)
5399 value_is_zero
5400 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5401 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5402 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5403 else
5404 {
5405 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5406 "in the current scope"));
5407 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5408 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5409 value_is_zero = 0;
5410 }
5411 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5412 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5413 }
5414
5415 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5416 {
5417 bs->stop = 0;
5418 }
5419 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5420 {
5421 b->ignore_count--;
5422 bs->stop = 0;
5423 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5424 ++(b->hit_count);
5425 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5426 }
5427 }
5428
5429
5430 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5431 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5432
5433 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5434 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5435 that:
5436
5437 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5438
5439 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5440
5441 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5442 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5443 several reasons concurrently.)
5444
5445 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5446 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5447
5448 bpstat
5449 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5450 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5451 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5452 {
5453 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5454 struct bp_location *bl;
5455 struct bp_location *loc;
5456 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5457 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5458 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5459 bpstat bs;
5460 int ix;
5461 int need_remove_insert;
5462 int removed_any;
5463
5464 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5465 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5466 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5467 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5468 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5469 inferior function calls. */
5470
5471 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5472 {
5473 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5474 continue;
5475
5476 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5477 {
5478 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5479 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5480 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5481 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5482 checked all locations already. */
5483 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5484 break;
5485
5486 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5487 continue;
5488
5489 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5490 continue;
5491
5492 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5493 matches. */
5494
5495 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5496 explain stop. */
5497
5498 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5499 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5500 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5501 bs->stop = 1;
5502 bs->print = 1;
5503
5504 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5505 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5506 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5507 iteration. */
5508 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5509 {
5510 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5511
5512 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5513 }
5514 }
5515 }
5516
5517 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5518 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5519 {
5520 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5521 {
5522 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5523 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5524 bs->stop = 0;
5525 bs->print = 0;
5526 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5527 }
5528 }
5529
5530 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5531 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5532 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5533 "catch unload". */
5534 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5535 {
5536 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5537 {
5538 handle_solib_event ();
5539 break;
5540 }
5541 }
5542
5543 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5544 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5545 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5546
5547 removed_any = 0;
5548
5549 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5550 {
5551 if (!bs->stop)
5552 continue;
5553
5554 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5555 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5556 if (bs->stop)
5557 {
5558 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5559
5560 if (bs->stop)
5561 {
5562 ++(b->hit_count);
5563 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5564
5565 /* We will stop here. */
5566 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5567 {
5568 --(b->enable_count);
5569 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5570 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5571 removed_any = 1;
5572 }
5573 if (b->silent)
5574 bs->print = 0;
5575 bs->commands = b->commands;
5576 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5577 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5578 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5579 bs->print = 0;
5580
5581 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5582 }
5583
5584 }
5585
5586 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5587 print. */
5588 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5589 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5590 }
5591
5592 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5593 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5594 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5595 done later. */
5596 need_remove_insert = 0;
5597 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5598 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5599 if (!bs->stop
5600 && bs->breakpoint_at
5601 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5602 {
5603 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5604
5605 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5606 need_remove_insert = 1;
5607 }
5608
5609 if (need_remove_insert)
5610 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5611 else if (removed_any)
5612 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5613
5614 return bs_head;
5615 }
5616
5617 static void
5618 handle_jit_event (void)
5619 {
5620 struct frame_info *frame;
5621 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5622
5623 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5624 breakpoint_re_set. */
5625 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5626
5627 frame = get_current_frame ();
5628 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5629
5630 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5631
5632 target_terminal_inferior ();
5633 }
5634
5635 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5636
5637 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5638
5639 struct bpstat_what
5640 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5641 {
5642 struct bpstat_what retval;
5643 int jit_event = 0;
5644 bpstat bs;
5645
5646 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5647 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5648 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5649
5650 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5651 {
5652 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5653 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5654 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5655 enum bptype bptype;
5656
5657 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5658 {
5659 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5660 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5661 bptype = bp_none;
5662 }
5663 else
5664 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5665
5666 switch (bptype)
5667 {
5668 case bp_none:
5669 break;
5670 case bp_breakpoint:
5671 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5672 case bp_single_step:
5673 case bp_until:
5674 case bp_finish:
5675 case bp_shlib_event:
5676 if (bs->stop)
5677 {
5678 if (bs->print)
5679 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5680 else
5681 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5682 }
5683 else
5684 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5685 break;
5686 case bp_watchpoint:
5687 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5688 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5689 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5690 if (bs->stop)
5691 {
5692 if (bs->print)
5693 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5694 else
5695 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5696 }
5697 else
5698 {
5699 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5700 This requires no further action. */
5701 }
5702 break;
5703 case bp_longjmp:
5704 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5705 case bp_exception:
5706 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5707 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5708 break;
5709 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5710 case bp_exception_resume:
5711 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5712 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5713 break;
5714 case bp_step_resume:
5715 if (bs->stop)
5716 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5717 else
5718 {
5719 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5720 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5721 }
5722 break;
5723 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5724 if (bs->stop)
5725 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5726 else
5727 {
5728 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5729 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5730 }
5731 break;
5732 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5733 case bp_thread_event:
5734 case bp_overlay_event:
5735 case bp_longjmp_master:
5736 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5737 case bp_exception_master:
5738 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5739 break;
5740 case bp_catchpoint:
5741 if (bs->stop)
5742 {
5743 if (bs->print)
5744 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5745 else
5746 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5747 }
5748 else
5749 {
5750 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5751 This requires no further action. */
5752 }
5753 break;
5754 case bp_jit_event:
5755 jit_event = 1;
5756 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5757 break;
5758 case bp_call_dummy:
5759 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5760 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5761 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5762 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5763 break;
5764 case bp_std_terminate:
5765 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5766 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5767 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5768 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5769 break;
5770 case bp_tracepoint:
5771 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5772 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5773 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5774 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5775 out already. */
5776 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5777 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5778 break;
5779 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5780 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5781 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5782 break;
5783 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5784 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5785 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5786 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5787 break;
5788
5789 case bp_dprintf:
5790 if (bs->stop)
5791 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5792 else
5793 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5794 break;
5795
5796 default:
5797 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5798 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5799 }
5800
5801 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5802 }
5803
5804 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5805 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5806
5807 if (jit_event)
5808 {
5809 if (debug_infrun)
5810 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5811
5812 handle_jit_event ();
5813 }
5814
5815 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5816 {
5817 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5818
5819 if (b == NULL)
5820 continue;
5821 switch (b->type)
5822 {
5823 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5824 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5825 break;
5826 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5827 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5828 break;
5829 }
5830 }
5831
5832 return retval;
5833 }
5834
5835 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5836 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5837 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5838
5839 int
5840 bpstat_should_step (void)
5841 {
5842 struct breakpoint *b;
5843
5844 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5845 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5846 return 1;
5847 return 0;
5848 }
5849
5850 int
5851 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5852 {
5853 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5854 if (bs->stop)
5855 return 1;
5856
5857 return 0;
5858 }
5859
5860 \f
5861
5862 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5863 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5864 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5865
5866 static char *
5867 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5868 {
5869 static char wrap_indent[80];
5870 int i, total_width, width, align;
5871 char *text;
5872
5873 total_width = 0;
5874 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5875 {
5876 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5877 {
5878 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5879 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5880 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5881
5882 return wrap_indent;
5883 }
5884
5885 total_width += width + 1;
5886 }
5887
5888 return NULL;
5889 }
5890
5891 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5892 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5893
5894 "host": Host evals condition.
5895 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5896 "target": Target evals condition.
5897 */
5898
5899 static const char *
5900 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5901 {
5902 struct bp_location *bl;
5903 char host_evals = 0;
5904 char target_evals = 0;
5905
5906 if (!b)
5907 return NULL;
5908
5909 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5910 return NULL;
5911
5912 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5913 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5914 return condition_evaluation_host;
5915
5916 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5917 {
5918 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5919 target_evals++;
5920 else
5921 host_evals++;
5922 }
5923
5924 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5925 return condition_evaluation_both;
5926 else if (target_evals)
5927 return condition_evaluation_target;
5928 else
5929 return condition_evaluation_host;
5930 }
5931
5932 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5933 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5934
5935 static const char *
5936 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5937 {
5938 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5939 return NULL;
5940
5941 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5942 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5943 return condition_evaluation_host;
5944
5945 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5946 return condition_evaluation_target;
5947 else
5948 return condition_evaluation_host;
5949 }
5950
5951 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5952
5953 static void
5954 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5955 struct bp_location *loc)
5956 {
5957 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5958 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5959
5960 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5961 loc = NULL;
5962
5963 if (loc != NULL)
5964 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5965
5966 if (b->display_canonical)
5967 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5968 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5969 {
5970 struct symbol *sym
5971 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5972 if (sym)
5973 {
5974 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5975 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5976 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5977 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5978 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5979 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5980 }
5981 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5982 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5983 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5984
5985 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5986 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5987 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5988
5989 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5990 }
5991 else if (loc)
5992 {
5993 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5994 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5995
5996 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5997 demangle, "");
5998 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5999
6000 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6001 }
6002 else
6003 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
6004
6005 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6006 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6007 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6008 {
6009 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6010 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6011 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6012 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6013 }
6014
6015 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6016 }
6017
6018 static const char *
6019 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6020 {
6021 struct ep_type_description
6022 {
6023 enum bptype type;
6024 char *description;
6025 };
6026 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6027 {
6028 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6029 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6030 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6031 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
6032 {bp_until, "until"},
6033 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6034 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6035 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6036 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6037 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6038 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6039 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6040 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6041 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6042 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6043 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6044 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6045 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6046 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6047 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6048 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6049 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6050 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6051 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6052 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6053 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6054 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6055 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6056 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6057 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6058 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6059 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6060 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6061 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6062 };
6063
6064 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6065 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6066 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6067 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6068 (int) type);
6069
6070 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6071 }
6072
6073 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6074 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6075
6076 static void
6077 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6078 const char *field_name,
6079 VEC(int) *inf_num,
6080 int mi_only)
6081 {
6082 struct cleanup *back_to;
6083 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6084 int inf;
6085 int i;
6086
6087 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6088 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6089 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6090 return;
6091
6092 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6093
6094 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6095 {
6096 if (is_mi)
6097 {
6098 char mi_group[10];
6099
6100 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6101 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6102 }
6103 else
6104 {
6105 if (i == 0)
6106 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6107 else
6108 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6109
6110 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6111 }
6112 }
6113
6114 do_cleanups (back_to);
6115 }
6116
6117 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6118
6119 static void
6120 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6121 struct bp_location *loc,
6122 int loc_number,
6123 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6124 int allflag)
6125 {
6126 struct command_line *l;
6127 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6128
6129 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6130 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6131 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6132 struct value_print_options opts;
6133
6134 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6135
6136 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6137 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6138 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6139 if (loc == NULL
6140 && (b->loc != NULL
6141 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6142 header_of_multiple = 1;
6143 if (loc == NULL)
6144 loc = b->loc;
6145
6146 annotate_record ();
6147
6148 /* 1 */
6149 annotate_field (0);
6150 if (part_of_multiple)
6151 {
6152 char *formatted;
6153 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6154 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6155 xfree (formatted);
6156 }
6157 else
6158 {
6159 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6160 }
6161
6162 /* 2 */
6163 annotate_field (1);
6164 if (part_of_multiple)
6165 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6166 else
6167 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6168
6169 /* 3 */
6170 annotate_field (2);
6171 if (part_of_multiple)
6172 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6173 else
6174 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6175
6176
6177 /* 4 */
6178 annotate_field (3);
6179 if (part_of_multiple)
6180 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6181 else
6182 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6183 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6184 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6185
6186
6187 /* 5 and 6 */
6188 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6189 {
6190 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6191 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6192 make sure there's just one location. */
6193 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6194 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6195 }
6196 else
6197 switch (b->type)
6198 {
6199 case bp_none:
6200 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6201 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6202 break;
6203
6204 case bp_watchpoint:
6205 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6206 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6207 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6208 {
6209 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6210
6211 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6212 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6213 is relatively readable). */
6214 if (opts.addressprint)
6215 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6216 annotate_field (5);
6217 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6218 }
6219 break;
6220
6221 case bp_breakpoint:
6222 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6223 case bp_single_step:
6224 case bp_until:
6225 case bp_finish:
6226 case bp_longjmp:
6227 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6228 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6229 case bp_exception:
6230 case bp_exception_resume:
6231 case bp_step_resume:
6232 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6233 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6234 case bp_call_dummy:
6235 case bp_std_terminate:
6236 case bp_shlib_event:
6237 case bp_thread_event:
6238 case bp_overlay_event:
6239 case bp_longjmp_master:
6240 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6241 case bp_exception_master:
6242 case bp_tracepoint:
6243 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6244 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6245 case bp_dprintf:
6246 case bp_jit_event:
6247 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6248 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6249 if (opts.addressprint)
6250 {
6251 annotate_field (4);
6252 if (header_of_multiple)
6253 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6254 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6255 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6256 else
6257 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6258 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6259 }
6260 annotate_field (5);
6261 if (!header_of_multiple)
6262 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6263 if (b->loc)
6264 *last_loc = b->loc;
6265 break;
6266 }
6267
6268
6269 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6270 {
6271 struct inferior *inf;
6272 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6273 int mi_only = 1;
6274
6275 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6276 {
6277 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6278 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6279 }
6280
6281 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6282 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6283 if (allflag
6284 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6285 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6286 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6287 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6288 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6289 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6290 mi_only = 0;
6291 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6292 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6293 }
6294
6295 if (!part_of_multiple)
6296 {
6297 if (b->thread != -1)
6298 {
6299 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6300 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6301 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6302 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6303 }
6304 else if (b->task != 0)
6305 {
6306 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6307 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6308 }
6309 }
6310
6311 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6312
6313 if (!part_of_multiple)
6314 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6315
6316 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6317 {
6318 annotate_field (6);
6319 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6320 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6321 the frame ID. */
6322 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6323 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6324 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6325 }
6326
6327 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6328 {
6329 annotate_field (7);
6330 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6331 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6332 else
6333 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6334 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6335
6336 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6337 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6338 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6339 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6340 == condition_evaluation_target)
6341 {
6342 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6343 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6344 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6345 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6346 }
6347 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6348 }
6349
6350 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6351 {
6352 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6353 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6354 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6355 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6356 }
6357
6358 if (!part_of_multiple)
6359 {
6360 if (b->hit_count)
6361 {
6362 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6363 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6364 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6365 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6366 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6367 else
6368 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6369 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6370 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6371 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6372 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6373 else
6374 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6375 }
6376 else
6377 {
6378 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6379 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6380 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6381 }
6382 }
6383
6384 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6385 {
6386 annotate_field (8);
6387 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6388 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6389 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6390 }
6391
6392 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6393 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6394 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6395 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6396 {
6397 annotate_field (8);
6398 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6399 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6400 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6401 if (b->ignore_count)
6402 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6403 else
6404 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6405 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6406 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6407 }
6408
6409 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6410 {
6411 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6412
6413 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6414 {
6415 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6416 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6417 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6418 }
6419 }
6420
6421 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6422 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6423 {
6424 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6425
6426 annotate_field (9);
6427 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6428 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6429 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6430 }
6431
6432 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6433 {
6434 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6435
6436 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6437 {
6438 annotate_field (10);
6439 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6440 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6441 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6442 }
6443
6444 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6445 pending. */
6446 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6447 {
6448 annotate_field (11);
6449
6450 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6451 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6452 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6453 else
6454 {
6455 if (loc->inserted)
6456 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6457 else
6458 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6459 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6460 }
6461 }
6462 }
6463
6464 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6465 {
6466 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6467 {
6468 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6469
6470 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6471 }
6472 else if (b->addr_string)
6473 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6474 }
6475 }
6476
6477 static void
6478 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6479 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6480 int allflag)
6481 {
6482 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6483 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6484
6485 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6486
6487 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6488 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6489
6490 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6491 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6492 locations, if any. */
6493 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6494 {
6495 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6496 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6497 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6498 situation.
6499
6500 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6501 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6502 if (b->loc
6503 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6504 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6505 {
6506 struct bp_location *loc;
6507 int n = 1;
6508
6509 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6510 {
6511 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6512 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6513 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6514 do_cleanups (inner2);
6515 }
6516 }
6517 }
6518 }
6519
6520 static int
6521 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6522 {
6523 int print_address_bits = 0;
6524 struct bp_location *loc;
6525
6526 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6527 {
6528 int addr_bit;
6529
6530 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6531 an address to print. */
6532 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6533 continue;
6534
6535 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6536 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6537 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6538 }
6539
6540 return print_address_bits;
6541 }
6542
6543 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6544 {
6545 int bnum;
6546 };
6547
6548 static int
6549 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6550 {
6551 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6552 struct breakpoint *b;
6553 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6554
6555 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6556 {
6557 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6558 {
6559 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6560 return GDB_RC_OK;
6561 }
6562 }
6563 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6564 }
6565
6566 enum gdb_rc
6567 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6568 char **error_message)
6569 {
6570 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6571
6572 args.bnum = bnum;
6573 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6574 an error. */
6575 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6576 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6577 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6578 else
6579 return GDB_RC_OK;
6580 }
6581
6582 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6583 internal or momentary. */
6584
6585 int
6586 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6587 {
6588 return b->number > 0;
6589 }
6590
6591 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6592 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6593 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6594 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6595 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6596 breakpoints listed. */
6597
6598 static int
6599 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6600 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6601 {
6602 struct breakpoint *b;
6603 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6604 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6605 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6606 struct value_print_options opts;
6607 int print_address_bits = 0;
6608 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6609 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6610
6611 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6612
6613 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6614 required for address fields. */
6615 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6616 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6617 {
6618 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6619 if (filter && !filter (b))
6620 continue;
6621
6622 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6623 accept. Skip the others. */
6624 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6625 {
6626 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6627 continue;
6628 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6629 continue;
6630 }
6631
6632 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6633 {
6634 int addr_bit, type_len;
6635
6636 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6637 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6638 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6639
6640 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6641 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6642 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6643
6644 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6645 }
6646 }
6647
6648 if (opts.addressprint)
6649 bkpttbl_chain
6650 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6651 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6652 "BreakpointTable");
6653 else
6654 bkpttbl_chain
6655 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6656 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6657 "BreakpointTable");
6658
6659 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6660 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6661 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6662 annotate_field (0);
6663 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6664 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6665 annotate_field (1);
6666 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6667 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6668 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6669 annotate_field (2);
6670 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6671 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6672 annotate_field (3);
6673 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6674 if (opts.addressprint)
6675 {
6676 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6677 annotate_field (4);
6678 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6679 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6680 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6681 else
6682 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6683 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6684 }
6685 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6686 annotate_field (5);
6687 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6688 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6689 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6690 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6691
6692 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6693 {
6694 QUIT;
6695 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6696 if (filter && !filter (b))
6697 continue;
6698
6699 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6700 accept. Skip the others. */
6701
6702 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6703 {
6704 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6705 {
6706 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6707 continue;
6708 }
6709 else /* all others */
6710 {
6711 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6712 continue;
6713 }
6714 }
6715 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6716 allflag is set. */
6717 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6718 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6719 }
6720
6721 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6722
6723 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6724 {
6725 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6726 empty list. */
6727 if (!filter)
6728 {
6729 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6730 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6731 else
6732 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6733 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6734 args);
6735 }
6736 }
6737 else
6738 {
6739 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6740 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6741 }
6742
6743 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6744 there have been breakpoints? */
6745 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6746
6747 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6748 }
6749
6750 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6751 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6752
6753 static void
6754 default_collect_info (void)
6755 {
6756 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6757
6758 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6759 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6760 not wanted. */
6761 if (!*default_collect)
6762 return;
6763
6764 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6765 actions. */
6766 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6767 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6768 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6769 }
6770
6771 static void
6772 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6773 {
6774 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6775
6776 default_collect_info ();
6777 }
6778
6779 static void
6780 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6781 {
6782 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6783 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6784
6785 if (num_printed == 0)
6786 {
6787 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6788 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6789 else
6790 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6791 }
6792 }
6793
6794 static void
6795 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6796 {
6797 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6798
6799 default_collect_info ();
6800 }
6801
6802 static int
6803 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6804 struct program_space *pspace,
6805 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6806 {
6807 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6808
6809 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6810 {
6811 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6812 && bl->address == pc
6813 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6814 return 1;
6815 }
6816 return 0;
6817 }
6818
6819 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6820 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6821 address spaces. */
6822
6823 static void
6824 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6825 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6826 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6827 {
6828 int others = 0;
6829 struct breakpoint *b;
6830
6831 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6832 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6833 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6834 if (others > 0)
6835 {
6836 if (others == 1)
6837 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6838 else /* if (others == ???) */
6839 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6840 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6841 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6842 {
6843 others--;
6844 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6845 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6846 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6847 else if (b->thread != -1)
6848 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6849 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6850 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6851 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6852 ? " (disabled)"
6853 : ""),
6854 (others > 1) ? ","
6855 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6856 }
6857 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6858 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6859 printf_filtered (".\n");
6860 }
6861 }
6862 \f
6863
6864 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6865 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6866 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6867 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6868
6869 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6870 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6871 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6872 breakpoint at address zero:
6873
6874 bp_watchpoint
6875 bp_catchpoint
6876
6877 */
6878
6879 static int
6880 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6881 {
6882 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6883
6884 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6885 }
6886
6887 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6888 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6889
6890 static int
6891 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6892 struct bp_location *loc2)
6893 {
6894 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6895 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6896
6897 /* Both of them must exist. */
6898 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6899 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6900
6901 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6902 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6903 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6904 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6905 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6906 other watchpoint. */
6907 if ((w1->cond_exp
6908 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6909 loc1->length,
6910 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6911 w1->cond_exp))
6912 || (w2->cond_exp
6913 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6914 loc2->length,
6915 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6916 w2->cond_exp)))
6917 return 0;
6918
6919 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6920 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6921 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6922 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6923 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6924 become hw_access locations later. */
6925 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6926 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6927 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6928 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6929 }
6930
6931 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6932
6933 int
6934 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6935 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6936 {
6937 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6938 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6939 && addr1 == addr2);
6940 }
6941
6942 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6943 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6944 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6945 space doesn't really matter. */
6946
6947 static int
6948 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6949 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6950 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6951 {
6952 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6953 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6954 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6955 }
6956
6957 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6958 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6959 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6960 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6961
6962 static int
6963 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6964 struct address_space *aspace,
6965 CORE_ADDR addr)
6966 {
6967 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6968 aspace, addr)
6969 || (bl->length
6970 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6971 bl->address, bl->length,
6972 aspace, addr)));
6973 }
6974
6975 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6976 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6977 true, otherwise returns false. */
6978
6979 static int
6980 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6981 struct bp_location *loc2)
6982 {
6983 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6984 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6985 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6986 different locations. */
6987 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6988 else
6989 return 0;
6990 }
6991
6992 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6993 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6994 represent the same location. */
6995
6996 static int
6997 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6998 struct bp_location *loc2)
6999 {
7000 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7001
7002 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7003 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7004 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7005
7006 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7007 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7008
7009 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7010 return 0;
7011 else if (hw_point1)
7012 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7013 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7014 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7015 else
7016 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7017 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7018 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7019 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7020 }
7021
7022 static void
7023 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7024 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7025 {
7026 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7027 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7028 char astr1[64];
7029 char astr2[64];
7030
7031 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7032 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7033 if (have_bnum)
7034 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7035 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7036 else
7037 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7038 }
7039
7040 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7041 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7042 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7043 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7044
7045 static CORE_ADDR
7046 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7047 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7048 {
7049 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7050 {
7051 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7052 return bpaddr;
7053 }
7054 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7055 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7056 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7057 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7058 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7059 {
7060 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7061 have their addresses modified. */
7062 return bpaddr;
7063 }
7064 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7065 {
7066 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7067 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7068 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7069 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7070 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7071 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7072 return bpaddr;
7073 }
7074 else
7075 {
7076 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7077
7078 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7079 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7080 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7081
7082 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7083 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7084 is required. */
7085 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7086 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7087
7088 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7089 }
7090 }
7091
7092 void
7093 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7094 struct breakpoint *owner)
7095 {
7096 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7097
7098 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7099
7100 loc->ops = ops;
7101 loc->owner = owner;
7102 loc->cond = NULL;
7103 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7104 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7105 loc->enabled = 1;
7106
7107 switch (owner->type)
7108 {
7109 case bp_breakpoint:
7110 case bp_single_step:
7111 case bp_until:
7112 case bp_finish:
7113 case bp_longjmp:
7114 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7115 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7116 case bp_exception:
7117 case bp_exception_resume:
7118 case bp_step_resume:
7119 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7120 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7121 case bp_call_dummy:
7122 case bp_std_terminate:
7123 case bp_shlib_event:
7124 case bp_thread_event:
7125 case bp_overlay_event:
7126 case bp_jit_event:
7127 case bp_longjmp_master:
7128 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7129 case bp_exception_master:
7130 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7131 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7132 case bp_dprintf:
7133 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7134 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7135 break;
7136 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7137 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7138 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7139 break;
7140 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7141 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7142 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7143 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7144 break;
7145 case bp_watchpoint:
7146 case bp_catchpoint:
7147 case bp_tracepoint:
7148 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7149 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7150 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7151 break;
7152 default:
7153 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7154 }
7155
7156 loc->refc = 1;
7157 }
7158
7159 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7160
7161 static struct bp_location *
7162 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7163 {
7164 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7165 }
7166
7167 static void
7168 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7169 {
7170 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7171 xfree (loc);
7172 }
7173
7174 /* Increment reference count. */
7175
7176 static void
7177 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7178 {
7179 ++bl->refc;
7180 }
7181
7182 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7183 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7184
7185 static void
7186 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7187 {
7188 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7189
7190 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7191 free_bp_location (*blp);
7192 *blp = NULL;
7193 }
7194
7195 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7196
7197 static void
7198 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7199 {
7200 struct breakpoint *b1;
7201
7202 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7203 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7204
7205 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7206 if (b1 == 0)
7207 breakpoint_chain = b;
7208 else
7209 {
7210 while (b1->next)
7211 b1 = b1->next;
7212 b1->next = b;
7213 }
7214 }
7215
7216 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7217
7218 static void
7219 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7220 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7221 enum bptype bptype,
7222 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7223 {
7224 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7225
7226 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7227
7228 b->ops = ops;
7229 b->type = bptype;
7230 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7231 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7232 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7233 b->thread = -1;
7234 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7235 b->next = 0;
7236 b->silent = 0;
7237 b->ignore_count = 0;
7238 b->commands = NULL;
7239 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7240 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7241 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7242 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7243 }
7244
7245 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7246 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7247
7248 static struct breakpoint *
7249 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7250 enum bptype bptype,
7251 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7252 {
7253 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7254
7255 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7256 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7257 return b;
7258 }
7259
7260 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7261 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7262 enough. */
7263
7264 static void
7265 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7266 {
7267 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7268
7269 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7270 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7271 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7272 {
7273 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7274 const char *function_name;
7275 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7276
7277 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7278 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7279
7280 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7281 {
7282 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7283
7284 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7285 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7286 &loc->requested_address))
7287 {
7288 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7289 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7290 loc->requested_address,
7291 b->type);
7292 }
7293 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7294 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7295 {
7296 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7297 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7298 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7299 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7300 breakpoint. */
7301 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7302 }
7303 }
7304
7305 if (function_name)
7306 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7307 }
7308 }
7309
7310 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7311 struct gdbarch *
7312 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7313 {
7314 if (sal.section)
7315 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7316 if (sal.symtab)
7317 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7318
7319 return NULL;
7320 }
7321
7322 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7323 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7324 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7325
7326 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7327 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7328 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7329
7330 static void
7331 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7332 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7333 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7334 {
7335 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7336
7337 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7338
7339 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7340 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7341
7342 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7343 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7344 program space. */
7345 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7346 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7347 }
7348
7349 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7350 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7351 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7352 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7353 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7354 is also returned as the value of this function.
7355
7356 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7357 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7358 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7359 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7360 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7361 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7362 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7363
7364 struct breakpoint *
7365 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7366 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7367 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7368 {
7369 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7370
7371 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7372 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7373 return b;
7374 }
7375
7376
7377 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7378 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7379 void
7380 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7381 {
7382 struct bp_location *bl;
7383
7384 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7385 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7386 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7387 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7388 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7389 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7390 {
7391 bl->permanent = 1;
7392 bl->inserted = 1;
7393 }
7394 }
7395
7396 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7397 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7398 initiated the operation. */
7399
7400 void
7401 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7402 {
7403 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7404 int thread = tp->num;
7405
7406 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7407 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7408 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7409 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7411 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7412 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7413 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7414 {
7415 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7416 struct breakpoint *clone;
7417
7418 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7419 after their removal. */
7420 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7421 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7422 clone->thread = thread;
7423 }
7424
7425 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7426 }
7427
7428 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7429 void
7430 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7431 {
7432 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7433
7434 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7435 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7436 {
7437 if (b->thread == thread)
7438 delete_breakpoint (b);
7439 }
7440 }
7441
7442 void
7443 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7444 {
7445 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7446
7447 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7448 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7449 {
7450 if (b->thread == thread)
7451 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7452 }
7453 }
7454
7455 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7456 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7457 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7458 breakpoints. */
7459
7460 struct breakpoint *
7461 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7462 {
7463 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7464
7465 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7466 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7467 {
7468 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7469
7470 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7471 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7472 1);
7473 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7474
7475 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7476
7477 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7478 if (retval == NULL)
7479 retval = new_b;
7480 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7481 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7482 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7483 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7484 }
7485
7486 return retval;
7487 }
7488
7489 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7490 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7491 stack.
7492
7493 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7494 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7495 frames. */
7496
7497 void
7498 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7499 {
7500 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7501
7502 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7503 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7504 {
7505 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7506
7507 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7508 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7509 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7510 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7511 continue;
7512
7513 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7514
7515 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7516 {
7517 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7518 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7519 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7520 }
7521 delete_breakpoint (b);
7522 }
7523 }
7524
7525 void
7526 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7527 {
7528 struct breakpoint *b;
7529
7530 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7531 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7532 {
7533 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7534 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7535 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7536 }
7537 }
7538
7539 void
7540 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7541 {
7542 struct breakpoint *b;
7543
7544 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7545 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7546 {
7547 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7548 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7549 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7550 }
7551 }
7552
7553 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7554 master breakpoint. */
7555 void
7556 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7557 {
7558 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7559
7560 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7561 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7562 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7563 {
7564 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7565 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7566 }
7567 }
7568
7569 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7570 void
7571 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7572 {
7573 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7574
7575 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7576 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7577 delete_breakpoint (b);
7578 }
7579
7580 struct breakpoint *
7581 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7582 {
7583 struct breakpoint *b;
7584
7585 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7586 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7587
7588 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7589 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7590 b->addr_string
7591 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7592
7593 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7594
7595 return b;
7596 }
7597
7598 void
7599 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7600 {
7601 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7602
7603 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7604 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7605 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7606 delete_breakpoint (b);
7607 }
7608
7609 struct lang_and_radix
7610 {
7611 enum language lang;
7612 int radix;
7613 };
7614
7615 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7616
7617 struct breakpoint *
7618 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7619 {
7620 struct breakpoint *b;
7621
7622 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7623 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7624 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7625 return b;
7626 }
7627
7628 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7629
7630 void
7631 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7632 {
7633 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7634
7635 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7636 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7637 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7638 delete_breakpoint (b);
7639 }
7640
7641 void
7642 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7643 {
7644 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7645
7646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7647 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7648 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7649 delete_breakpoint (b);
7650 }
7651
7652 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7653
7654 void
7655 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7656 {
7657 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7658
7659 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7660 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7661 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7662 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7663 }
7664
7665 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7666 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7667 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7668
7669 static struct breakpoint *
7670 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7671 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7672 {
7673 struct breakpoint *b;
7674
7675 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7676 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7677 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7678 return b;
7679 }
7680
7681 struct breakpoint *
7682 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7683 {
7684 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7685 }
7686
7687 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7688
7689 struct breakpoint *
7690 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7691 {
7692 struct breakpoint *b;
7693
7694 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7695 locations. */
7696 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7697 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7698 {
7699 delete_breakpoint (b);
7700 return NULL;
7701 }
7702 return b;
7703 }
7704
7705 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7706 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7707
7708 void
7709 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7710 {
7711 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7712
7713 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7714 {
7715 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7716 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7717
7718 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7719 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7720 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7721 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7722 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7723 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7724 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7725 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7726 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7727 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7728 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7729 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7730 )
7731 {
7732 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7733 }
7734 }
7735 }
7736
7737 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7738 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7739 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7740
7741 static void
7742 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7743 {
7744 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7745 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7746
7747 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7748 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7749 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7750 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7751 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7752 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7753 return;
7754
7755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7756 {
7757 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7758 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7759
7760 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7761 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7762 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7763 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7764 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7765 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7766 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7767 || is_tracepoint (b))
7768 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7769 {
7770 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7771 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7772 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7773 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7774 loc->inserted = 0;
7775
7776 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7777 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7778
7779 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7780 {
7781 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7782 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7783 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7784 solib->so_name);
7785 }
7786 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7787 }
7788 }
7789 }
7790
7791 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7792 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7793 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7794
7795 static void
7796 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7797 {
7798 struct breakpoint *b;
7799
7800 if (objfile == NULL)
7801 return;
7802
7803 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7804 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7805 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7806 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7807 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7808 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7809 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7810 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7811 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7812 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7813 main objfile). */
7814 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7815 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7816 return;
7817
7818 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7819 {
7820 struct bp_location *loc;
7821 int bp_modified = 0;
7822
7823 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7824 continue;
7825
7826 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7827 {
7828 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7829
7830 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7831 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7832 continue;
7833
7834 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7835 continue;
7836
7837 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7838 continue;
7839
7840 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7841 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7842 continue;
7843
7844 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7845 {
7846 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7847 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7848 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7849 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7850 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7851 unmapped. */
7852
7853 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7854
7855 bp_modified = 1;
7856 }
7857 }
7858
7859 if (bp_modified)
7860 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7861 }
7862 }
7863
7864 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7865
7866 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7867 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7868 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7869 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7870 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7871
7872 struct fork_catchpoint
7873 {
7874 /* The base class. */
7875 struct breakpoint base;
7876
7877 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7878 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7879 catchpoint has triggered. */
7880 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7881 };
7882
7883 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7884 catchpoints. */
7885
7886 static int
7887 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7888 {
7889 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7890 }
7891
7892 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7893 catchpoints. */
7894
7895 static int
7896 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7897 {
7898 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7899 }
7900
7901 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7902 catchpoints. */
7903
7904 static int
7905 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7906 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7907 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7908 {
7909 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7910
7911 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7912 return 0;
7913
7914 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7915 return 1;
7916 }
7917
7918 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7919 catchpoints. */
7920
7921 static enum print_stop_action
7922 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7923 {
7924 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7925 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7926 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7927
7928 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7929 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7930 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7931 else
7932 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7933 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7934 {
7935 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7936 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7937 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7938 }
7939 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7940 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7941 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7942 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7943 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7944 }
7945
7946 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7947 catchpoints. */
7948
7949 static void
7950 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7951 {
7952 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7953 struct value_print_options opts;
7954 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7955
7956 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7957
7958 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7959 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7960 readable). */
7961 if (opts.addressprint)
7962 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7963 annotate_field (5);
7964 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7965 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7966 {
7967 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7968 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7969 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7970 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7971 }
7972
7973 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7974 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7975 }
7976
7977 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7978 catchpoints. */
7979
7980 static void
7981 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7982 {
7983 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7984 }
7985
7986 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7987 catchpoints. */
7988
7989 static void
7990 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7991 {
7992 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7993 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7994 }
7995
7996 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7997
7998 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7999
8000 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8001 catchpoints. */
8002
8003 static int
8004 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8005 {
8006 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8007 }
8008
8009 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8010 catchpoints. */
8011
8012 static int
8013 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8014 {
8015 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8016 }
8017
8018 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8019 catchpoints. */
8020
8021 static int
8022 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8023 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8024 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8025 {
8026 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8027
8028 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8029 return 0;
8030
8031 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8032 return 1;
8033 }
8034
8035 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8036 catchpoints. */
8037
8038 static enum print_stop_action
8039 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8040 {
8041 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8042 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8043 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8044
8045 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8046 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8047 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8048 else
8049 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8050 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8051 {
8052 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8053 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8054 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8055 }
8056 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8057 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8058 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8059 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8060 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8061 }
8062
8063 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8064 catchpoints. */
8065
8066 static void
8067 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8068 {
8069 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8070 struct value_print_options opts;
8071 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8072
8073 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8074 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8075 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8076 readable). */
8077 if (opts.addressprint)
8078 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8079 annotate_field (5);
8080 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8081 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8082 {
8083 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8084 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8085 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8086 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8087 }
8088
8089 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8090 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8091 }
8092
8093 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8094 catchpoints. */
8095
8096 static void
8097 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8098 {
8099 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8100 }
8101
8102 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8103 catchpoints. */
8104
8105 static void
8106 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8107 {
8108 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8109 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8110 }
8111
8112 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8113
8114 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8115
8116 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8117 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8118 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8119 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8120 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8121
8122 struct solib_catchpoint
8123 {
8124 /* The base class. */
8125 struct breakpoint base;
8126
8127 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8128 unsigned char is_load;
8129
8130 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8131 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8132 char *regex;
8133 regex_t compiled;
8134 };
8135
8136 static void
8137 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8138 {
8139 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8140
8141 if (self->regex)
8142 regfree (&self->compiled);
8143 xfree (self->regex);
8144
8145 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8146 }
8147
8148 static int
8149 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8150 {
8151 return 0;
8152 }
8153
8154 static int
8155 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8156 {
8157 return 0;
8158 }
8159
8160 static int
8161 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8162 struct address_space *aspace,
8163 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8164 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8165 {
8166 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8167 struct breakpoint *other;
8168
8169 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8170 return 1;
8171
8172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8173 {
8174 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8175
8176 if (other == bl->owner)
8177 continue;
8178
8179 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8180 continue;
8181
8182 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8183 continue;
8184
8185 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8186 {
8187 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8188 return 1;
8189 }
8190 }
8191
8192 return 0;
8193 }
8194
8195 static void
8196 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8197 {
8198 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8199 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8200 int ix;
8201
8202 if (self->is_load)
8203 {
8204 struct so_list *iter;
8205
8206 for (ix = 0;
8207 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8208 ix, iter);
8209 ++ix)
8210 {
8211 if (!self->regex
8212 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8213 return;
8214 }
8215 }
8216 else
8217 {
8218 char *iter;
8219
8220 for (ix = 0;
8221 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8222 ix, iter);
8223 ++ix)
8224 {
8225 if (!self->regex
8226 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8227 return;
8228 }
8229 }
8230
8231 bs->stop = 0;
8232 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8233 }
8234
8235 static enum print_stop_action
8236 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8237 {
8238 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8239 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8240
8241 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8242 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8243 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8244 else
8245 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8246 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8247 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8248 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8249 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8250 print_solib_event (1);
8251 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8252 }
8253
8254 static void
8255 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8256 {
8257 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8258 struct value_print_options opts;
8259 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8260 char *msg;
8261
8262 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8263 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8264 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8265 readable). */
8266 if (opts.addressprint)
8267 {
8268 annotate_field (4);
8269 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8270 }
8271
8272 annotate_field (5);
8273 if (self->is_load)
8274 {
8275 if (self->regex)
8276 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8277 else
8278 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8279 }
8280 else
8281 {
8282 if (self->regex)
8283 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8284 else
8285 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8286 }
8287 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8288 xfree (msg);
8289
8290 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8291 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8292 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8293 }
8294
8295 static void
8296 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8297 {
8298 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8299
8300 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8301 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8302 }
8303
8304 static void
8305 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8306 {
8307 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8308
8309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8310 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8311 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8312 if (self->regex)
8313 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8315 }
8316
8317 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8318
8319 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8320 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8321 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8322 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8323 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8324 created in an enabled state. */
8325
8326 void
8327 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8328 {
8329 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8330 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8331 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8332
8333 if (!arg)
8334 arg = "";
8335 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8336
8337 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8338 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8339
8340 if (*arg != '\0')
8341 {
8342 int errcode;
8343
8344 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8345 if (errcode != 0)
8346 {
8347 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8348
8349 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8350 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8351 }
8352 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8353 }
8354
8355 c->is_load = is_load;
8356 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8357 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8358
8359 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8360
8361 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8362 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8363 }
8364
8365 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8366 "catch unload". */
8367
8368 static void
8369 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8370 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8371 {
8372 int tempflag;
8373 const int enabled = 1;
8374
8375 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8376
8377 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8378 }
8379
8380 static void
8381 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8382 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8383 {
8384 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8385 }
8386
8387 static void
8388 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8389 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8390 {
8391 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8392 }
8393
8394 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8395 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8396 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8397 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8398 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8399
8400 struct syscall_catchpoint
8401 {
8402 /* The base class. */
8403 struct breakpoint base;
8404
8405 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8406 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8407 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8408 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8409 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8410 };
8411
8412 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8413 catchpoints. */
8414
8415 static void
8416 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8417 {
8418 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8419
8420 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8421
8422 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8423 }
8424
8425 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8426
8427 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8428 {
8429 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8430 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8431 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8432
8433 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8434 int any_syscall_count;
8435
8436 /* Count of each system call. */
8437 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8438
8439 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8440 if any catching is necessary. */
8441 int total_syscalls_count;
8442 };
8443
8444 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8445 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8446 {
8447 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8448
8449 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8450 if (inf_data == NULL)
8451 {
8452 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8453 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8454 }
8455
8456 return inf_data;
8457 }
8458
8459 static void
8460 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8461 {
8462 xfree (arg);
8463 }
8464
8465
8466 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8467 catchpoints. */
8468
8469 static int
8470 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8471 {
8472 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8473 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8474 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8475 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8476
8477 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8478 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8479 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8480 else
8481 {
8482 int i, iter;
8483
8484 for (i = 0;
8485 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8486 i++)
8487 {
8488 int elem;
8489
8490 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8491 {
8492 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8493 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8494 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8495 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8496 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8497 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8498 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8499 + vec_addr_offset);
8500 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8501 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8502 }
8503 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8504 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8505 }
8506 }
8507
8508 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8509 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8510 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8511 VEC_length (int,
8512 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8513 VEC_address (int,
8514 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8515 }
8516
8517 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8518 catchpoints. */
8519
8520 static int
8521 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8522 {
8523 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8524 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8525 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8526 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8527
8528 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8529 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8530 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8531 else
8532 {
8533 int i, iter;
8534
8535 for (i = 0;
8536 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8537 i++)
8538 {
8539 int elem;
8540 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8541 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8542 continue;
8543 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8544 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8545 }
8546 }
8547
8548 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8549 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8550 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8551 VEC_length (int,
8552 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8553 VEC_address (int,
8554 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8555 }
8556
8557 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8558 catchpoints. */
8559
8560 static int
8561 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8562 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8563 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8564 {
8565 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8566 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8567 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8568 int syscall_number = 0;
8569 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8570 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8571
8572 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8573 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8574 return 0;
8575
8576 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8577
8578 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8579 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8580 {
8581 int i, iter;
8582
8583 for (i = 0;
8584 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8585 i++)
8586 if (syscall_number == iter)
8587 return 1;
8588
8589 return 0;
8590 }
8591
8592 return 1;
8593 }
8594
8595 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8596 catchpoints. */
8597
8598 static enum print_stop_action
8599 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8600 {
8601 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8602 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8603 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8604 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8605 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8606 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8607 ptid_t ptid;
8608 struct target_waitstatus last;
8609 struct syscall s;
8610
8611 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8612
8613 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8614
8615 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8616
8617 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8618 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8619 else
8620 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8621 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8622 {
8623 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8624 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8625 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8626 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8627 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8628 }
8629 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8630
8631 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8632 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8633 else
8634 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8635
8636 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8637 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8638 if (s.name != NULL)
8639 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8640
8641 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8642
8643 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8644 }
8645
8646 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8647 catchpoints. */
8648
8649 static void
8650 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8651 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8652 {
8653 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8654 struct value_print_options opts;
8655 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8656
8657 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8658 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8659 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8660 readable). */
8661 if (opts.addressprint)
8662 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8663 annotate_field (5);
8664
8665 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8666 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8667 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8668 else
8669 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8670
8671 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8672 {
8673 int i, iter;
8674 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8675
8676 for (i = 0;
8677 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8678 i++)
8679 {
8680 char *x = text;
8681 struct syscall s;
8682 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8683
8684 if (s.name != NULL)
8685 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8686 else
8687 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8688
8689 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8690 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8691 on every call. */
8692 xfree (x);
8693 }
8694 /* Remove the last comma. */
8695 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8697 }
8698 else
8699 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8700 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8701
8702 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8703 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8704 }
8705
8706 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8707 catchpoints. */
8708
8709 static void
8710 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8711 {
8712 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8713
8714 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8715 {
8716 int i, iter;
8717
8718 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8719 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8720 else
8721 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8722
8723 for (i = 0;
8724 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8725 i++)
8726 {
8727 struct syscall s;
8728 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8729
8730 if (s.name)
8731 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8732 else
8733 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8734 }
8735 printf_filtered (")");
8736 }
8737 else
8738 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8739 b->number);
8740 }
8741
8742 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8743 catchpoints. */
8744
8745 static void
8746 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8747 {
8748 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8749
8750 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8751
8752 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8753 {
8754 int i, iter;
8755
8756 for (i = 0;
8757 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8758 i++)
8759 {
8760 struct syscall s;
8761
8762 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8763 if (s.name)
8764 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8765 else
8766 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8767 }
8768 }
8769 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8770 }
8771
8772 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8773
8774 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8775
8776 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8777
8778 static int
8779 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8780 {
8781 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8782 }
8783
8784 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8785 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8786 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8787 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8788
8789 void
8790 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8791 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8792 char *cond_string,
8793 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8794 {
8795 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8796
8797 init_sal (&sal);
8798 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8799
8800 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8801
8802 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8803 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8804 }
8805
8806 void
8807 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8808 {
8809 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8810 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8811 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8812 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8813 if (!internal)
8814 mention (b);
8815 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8816
8817 if (update_gll)
8818 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8819 }
8820
8821 static void
8822 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8823 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8824 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8825 {
8826 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8827
8828 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8829
8830 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8831
8832 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8833 }
8834
8835 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8836
8837 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8838 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8839 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8840 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8841 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8842
8843 struct exec_catchpoint
8844 {
8845 /* The base class. */
8846 struct breakpoint base;
8847
8848 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8849 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8850 triggered. */
8851 char *exec_pathname;
8852 };
8853
8854 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8855 catchpoints. */
8856
8857 static void
8858 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8859 {
8860 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8861
8862 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8863
8864 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8865 }
8866
8867 static int
8868 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8869 {
8870 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8871 }
8872
8873 static int
8874 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8875 {
8876 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8877 }
8878
8879 static int
8880 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8881 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8882 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8883 {
8884 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8885
8886 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8887 return 0;
8888
8889 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8890 return 1;
8891 }
8892
8893 static enum print_stop_action
8894 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8895 {
8896 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8897 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8898 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8899
8900 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8901 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8902 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8903 else
8904 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8905 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8906 {
8907 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8908 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8909 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8910 }
8911 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8912 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8913 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8914 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8915
8916 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8917 }
8918
8919 static void
8920 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8921 {
8922 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8923 struct value_print_options opts;
8924 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8925
8926 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8927
8928 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8929 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8930 is relatively readable). */
8931 if (opts.addressprint)
8932 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8933 annotate_field (5);
8934 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8935 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8936 {
8937 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8938 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8939 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8940 }
8941
8942 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8943 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8944 }
8945
8946 static void
8947 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8948 {
8949 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8950 }
8951
8952 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8953 catchpoints. */
8954
8955 static void
8956 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8957 {
8958 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8959 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8960 }
8961
8962 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8963
8964 static void
8965 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8966 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8967 {
8968 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8969 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8970
8971 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8972 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8973 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8974
8975 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8976 }
8977
8978 static int
8979 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8980 {
8981 int i = 0;
8982 struct breakpoint *b;
8983 struct bp_location *bl;
8984
8985 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8986 {
8987 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8988 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8989 {
8990 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8991 one register. */
8992 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8993 }
8994 }
8995
8996 return i;
8997 }
8998
8999 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9000 watchpoint. */
9001
9002 static int
9003 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
9004 {
9005 int i = 0;
9006 struct bp_location *bl;
9007
9008 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9009 return 0;
9010
9011 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9012 {
9013 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9014 one register. */
9015 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9016 }
9017
9018 return i;
9019 }
9020
9021 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9022 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9023 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9024 types _not_ TYPE. */
9025
9026 static int
9027 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
9028 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
9029 {
9030 int i = 0;
9031 struct breakpoint *b;
9032
9033 *other_type_used = 0;
9034 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9035 {
9036 if (b == except)
9037 continue;
9038 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9039 continue;
9040
9041 if (b->type == type)
9042 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
9043 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
9044 *other_type_used = 1;
9045 }
9046
9047 return i;
9048 }
9049
9050 void
9051 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9052 {
9053 struct breakpoint *b;
9054
9055 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9056 {
9057 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9058 {
9059 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
9060 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9061 }
9062 }
9063 }
9064
9065 void
9066 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9067 {
9068 struct breakpoint *b;
9069
9070 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9071 {
9072 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9073 {
9074 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9075 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9076 }
9077 }
9078 }
9079
9080 void
9081 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9082 {
9083 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9084 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9085 }
9086
9087 void
9088 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9089 {
9090 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9091 breakpoint_re_set ();
9092 }
9093
9094 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
9095 locations. */
9096
9097 static struct breakpoint *
9098 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
9099 {
9100 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9101
9102 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bp_single_step,
9103 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9104
9105 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9106 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
9107
9108 b->thread = thread;
9109 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
9110
9111 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
9112
9113 return b;
9114 }
9115
9116 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
9117 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
9118 frame. */
9119
9120 struct breakpoint *
9121 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9122 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9123 {
9124 struct breakpoint *b;
9125
9126 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9127 tail-called one. */
9128 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9129
9130 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9131 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9132 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9133 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9134
9135 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9136 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9137 control. */
9138 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9139 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9140
9141 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9142
9143 return b;
9144 }
9145
9146 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9147 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9148 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9149
9150 static struct breakpoint *
9151 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9152 enum bptype type,
9153 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9154 int loc_enabled)
9155 {
9156 struct breakpoint *copy;
9157
9158 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9159 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9160 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9161
9162 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9163 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9164 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9165 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9166 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9167 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9168 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9169 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9170 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
9171 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9172 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9173 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9174
9175 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9176 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9177 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9178
9179 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9180 return copy;
9181 }
9182
9183 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9184 ORIG is NULL. */
9185
9186 struct breakpoint *
9187 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9188 {
9189 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9190 if (orig == NULL)
9191 return NULL;
9192
9193 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
9194 }
9195
9196 struct breakpoint *
9197 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9198 enum bptype type)
9199 {
9200 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9201
9202 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9203 sal.pc = pc;
9204 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9205 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9206
9207 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9208 }
9209 \f
9210
9211 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9212
9213 static void
9214 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9215 {
9216 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9217 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9218 return;
9219 printf_filtered ("\n");
9220 }
9221 \f
9222
9223 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
9224
9225 static struct bp_location *
9226 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9227 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9228 {
9229 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9230 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9231 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9232
9233 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9234 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9235
9236 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9237 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9238 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9239 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9240 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9241 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9242 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9243 sal->pc, b->type);
9244
9245 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9246 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9247 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9248 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9249 ;
9250 loc->next = *tmp;
9251 *tmp = loc;
9252
9253 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9254 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9255 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9256 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9257 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9258 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9259 loc->section = sal->section;
9260 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9261 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9262 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9263
9264 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9265 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9266
9267 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9268 {
9269 loc->inserted = 1;
9270 loc->permanent = 1;
9271 }
9272
9273 return loc;
9274 }
9275 \f
9276
9277 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9278 return 0 otherwise. */
9279
9280 static int
9281 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9282 {
9283 int len;
9284 CORE_ADDR addr;
9285 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9286 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9287 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9288 int retval = 0;
9289
9290 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9291
9292 addr = loc->address;
9293 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9294
9295 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9296 if (bpoint == NULL)
9297 return 0;
9298
9299 target_mem = alloca (len);
9300
9301 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9302 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9303 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9304 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9305
9306 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9307 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9308
9309 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9310 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9311 retval = 1;
9312
9313 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9314
9315 return retval;
9316 }
9317
9318 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9319 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9320
9321 static void
9322 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9323 {
9324 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9325 char *printf_line = NULL;
9326
9327 if (!dprintf_args)
9328 return;
9329
9330 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9331
9332 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9333 insist on it. */
9334 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9335 ++dprintf_args;
9336 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9337
9338 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9339 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9340
9341 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9342 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9343 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9344 {
9345 if (!dprintf_function)
9346 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9347
9348 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9349 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9350 dprintf_function,
9351 dprintf_channel,
9352 dprintf_args);
9353 else
9354 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9355 dprintf_function,
9356 dprintf_args);
9357 }
9358 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9359 {
9360 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9361 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9362 else
9363 {
9364 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9365 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9366 }
9367 }
9368 else
9369 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9370 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9371
9372 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9373 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9374 {
9375 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9376 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9377
9378 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9379 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9380 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9381 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9382 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9383 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9384
9385 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9386 }
9387 }
9388
9389 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9390 current style settings. */
9391
9392 static void
9393 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9394 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9395 {
9396 struct breakpoint *b;
9397
9398 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9399 {
9400 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9401 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9402 }
9403 }
9404
9405 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9406 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9407 as condition expression. */
9408
9409 static void
9410 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9411 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9412 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9413 char *extra_string,
9414 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9415 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9416 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9417 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9418 int display_canonical)
9419 {
9420 int i;
9421
9422 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9423 {
9424 int target_resources_ok;
9425
9426 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9427 target_resources_ok =
9428 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9429 i + 1, 0);
9430 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9431 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9432 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9433 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9434 }
9435
9436 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9437
9438 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9439 {
9440 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9441 struct bp_location *loc;
9442
9443 if (from_tty)
9444 {
9445 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9446 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9447 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9448
9449 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9450 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9451 }
9452
9453 if (i == 0)
9454 {
9455 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9456 b->thread = thread;
9457 b->task = task;
9458
9459 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9460 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9461 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9462 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9463 b->disposition = disposition;
9464
9465 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9466 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9467
9468 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9469 {
9470 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9471 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9472
9473 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9474 {
9475 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9476 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9477 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9478 char *endp;
9479 char *marker_str;
9480
9481 p = skip_spaces (p);
9482
9483 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9484
9485 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9486 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9487
9488 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9489 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9490 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9491 }
9492 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9493 {
9494 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9495 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9496
9497 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9498 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9499 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9500 }
9501 else
9502 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9503 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9504 }
9505
9506 loc = b->loc;
9507 }
9508 else
9509 {
9510 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9511 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9512 loc->inserted = 1;
9513 }
9514
9515 if (b->cond_string)
9516 {
9517 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9518
9519 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9520 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9521 if (*arg)
9522 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9523 }
9524
9525 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9526 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9527 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9528 {
9529 if (b->extra_string)
9530 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9531 else
9532 error (_("Format string required"));
9533 }
9534 else if (b->extra_string)
9535 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9536 }
9537
9538 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9539 if (addr_string)
9540 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9541 else
9542 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9543 me. */
9544 b->addr_string
9545 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9546 b->filter = filter;
9547 }
9548
9549 static void
9550 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9551 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9552 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9553 char *extra_string,
9554 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9555 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9556 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9557 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9558 int display_canonical)
9559 {
9560 struct breakpoint *b;
9561 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9562
9563 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9564 {
9565 struct tracepoint *t;
9566
9567 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9568 b = &t->base;
9569 }
9570 else
9571 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9572
9573 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9574
9575 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9576 sals, addr_string,
9577 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9578 type, disposition,
9579 thread, task, ignore_count,
9580 ops, from_tty,
9581 enabled, internal, flags,
9582 display_canonical);
9583 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9584
9585 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9586 }
9587
9588 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9589 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9590 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9591 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9592 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9593 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9594 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9595 we take just a single condition string.
9596
9597 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9598 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9599 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9600 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9601 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9602
9603 static void
9604 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9605 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9606 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9607 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9608 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9609 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9610 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9611 {
9612 int i;
9613 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9614
9615 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9616 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9617
9618 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9619 {
9620 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9621 'break', without arguments. */
9622 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9623 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9624 : NULL);
9625 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9626 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9627
9628 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9629 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9630 addr_string,
9631 filter_string,
9632 cond_string, extra_string,
9633 type, disposition,
9634 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9635 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9636 canonical->special_display);
9637 discard_cleanups (inner);
9638 }
9639 }
9640
9641 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9642 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9643 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9644 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9645
9646 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9647 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9648
9649 static void
9650 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9651 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9652 {
9653 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9654 breakpoint. */
9655 if ((*address) == NULL
9656 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9657 {
9658 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9659 address. */
9660 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9661 {
9662 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9663 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9664 CORE_ADDR pc;
9665
9666 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9667 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9668 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9669
9670 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9671 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9672 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9673 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9674 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9675 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9676 pc = sal.pc;
9677 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9678
9679 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9680 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9681 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9682 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9683 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9684 sal.pc = pc;
9685 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9686
9687 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9688 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9689 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9690
9691 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9692 }
9693 else
9694 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9695 }
9696 else
9697 {
9698 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9699
9700 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9701 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9702 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9703 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9704
9705 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9706 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9707 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9708 && (!cursal.symtab
9709 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9710 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9711 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9712 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9713 get_last_displayed_line (),
9714 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9715 else
9716 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9717 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9718 }
9719 }
9720
9721
9722 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9723 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9724
9725 static void
9726 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9727 {
9728 int i;
9729
9730 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9731 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9732 }
9733
9734 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9735 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9736 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9737 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9738 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9739 it, etc. */
9740
9741 static void
9742 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9743 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9744 {
9745 int i, rslt;
9746 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9747 char *msg;
9748 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9749
9750 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9751 {
9752 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9753
9754 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9755
9756 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9757 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9758 associated with SAL. */
9759 if (sarch == NULL)
9760 sarch = gdbarch;
9761 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9762 NULL, &msg);
9763 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9764
9765 if (!rslt)
9766 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9767 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9768
9769 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9770 }
9771 }
9772
9773 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9774
9775 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9776 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9777 {
9778 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9779 }
9780
9781 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9782 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9783 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9784 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9785 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9786 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9787
9788 static void
9789 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9790 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9791 char **rest)
9792 {
9793 *cond_string = NULL;
9794 *thread = -1;
9795 *task = 0;
9796 *rest = NULL;
9797
9798 while (tok && *tok)
9799 {
9800 const char *end_tok;
9801 int toklen;
9802 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9803 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9804
9805 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9806
9807 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9808 {
9809 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9810 return;
9811 }
9812
9813 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9814
9815 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9816
9817 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9818 {
9819 struct expression *expr;
9820
9821 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9822 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9823 xfree (expr);
9824 cond_end = tok;
9825 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9826 }
9827 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9828 {
9829 char *tmptok;
9830
9831 tok = end_tok + 1;
9832 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9833 if (tok == tmptok)
9834 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9835 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9836 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9837 tok = tmptok;
9838 }
9839 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9840 {
9841 char *tmptok;
9842
9843 tok = end_tok + 1;
9844 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9845 if (tok == tmptok)
9846 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9847 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9848 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9849 tok = tmptok;
9850 }
9851 else if (rest)
9852 {
9853 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9854 return;
9855 }
9856 else
9857 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9858 }
9859 }
9860
9861 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9862
9863 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9864 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9865 {
9866 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9867 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9868 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9869 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9870 char *endp;
9871 char *marker_str;
9872 int i;
9873
9874 p = skip_spaces (p);
9875
9876 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9877
9878 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9879 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9880
9881 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9882 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9883 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9884
9885 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9886 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9887
9888 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9889 {
9890 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9891
9892 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9893
9894 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9895
9896 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9897 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9898
9899 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9900 }
9901
9902 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9903
9904 *arg_p = endp;
9905 return sals;
9906 }
9907
9908 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9909 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9910 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9911 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9912 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9913 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9914 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9915 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9916 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9917 was created; false otherwise. */
9918
9919 int
9920 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9921 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9922 int thread, char *extra_string,
9923 int parse_arg,
9924 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9925 int ignore_count,
9926 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9927 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9928 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9929 unsigned flags)
9930 {
9931 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9932 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9933 char *addr_start = arg;
9934 struct linespec_result canonical;
9935 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9936 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9937 int pending = 0;
9938 int task = 0;
9939 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9940
9941 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9942
9943 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9944
9945 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9946 {
9947 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9948 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9949 }
9950
9951 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9952 switch (e.reason)
9953 {
9954 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9955 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9956 return 0;
9957 break;
9958 case RETURN_ERROR:
9959 switch (e.error)
9960 {
9961 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9962
9963 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9964 error. */
9965
9966 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9967 throw_exception (e);
9968
9969 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9970
9971 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9972 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9973 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9974 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9975 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9976 return 0;
9977
9978 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9979 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9980 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9981 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9982 {
9983 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9984
9985 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9986 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9987 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9988 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9989 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9990 pending = 1;
9991 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9992 }
9993 break;
9994 default:
9995 throw_exception (e);
9996 }
9997 break;
9998 default:
9999 throw_exception (e);
10000 }
10001
10002 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10003 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
10004
10005 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10006 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10007 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10008 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10009 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
10010
10011 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10012 are ok for the target. */
10013 if (!pending)
10014 {
10015 int ix;
10016 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10017
10018 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10019 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
10020 }
10021
10022 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10023 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
10024 {
10025 int ix;
10026 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10027
10028 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10029 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
10030 }
10031
10032 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10033 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10034 breakpoint. */
10035 if (!pending)
10036 {
10037 if (parse_arg)
10038 {
10039 char *rest;
10040 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
10041
10042 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
10043
10044 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10045 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10046 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10047 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10048
10049 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
10050 &thread, &task, &rest);
10051 if (cond_string)
10052 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10053 if (rest)
10054 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
10055 if (rest)
10056 extra_string = rest;
10057 }
10058 else
10059 {
10060 if (*arg != '\0')
10061 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
10062
10063 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10064 if (cond_string)
10065 {
10066 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10067 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10068 }
10069 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10070 if (extra_string)
10071 {
10072 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
10073 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
10074 }
10075 }
10076
10077 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
10078 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
10079 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
10080 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
10081 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
10082 }
10083 else
10084 {
10085 struct breakpoint *b;
10086
10087 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
10088
10089 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
10090 {
10091 struct tracepoint *t;
10092
10093 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
10094 b = &t->base;
10095 }
10096 else
10097 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
10098
10099 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10100
10101 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10102 if (parse_arg)
10103 b->cond_string = NULL;
10104 else
10105 {
10106 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10107 if (cond_string)
10108 {
10109 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10110 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10111 }
10112 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10113 }
10114 b->extra_string = NULL;
10115 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10116 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10117 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10118 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10119 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10120 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10121 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10122
10123 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10124 }
10125
10126 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10127 {
10128 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10129 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10130 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10131 }
10132
10133 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10134 breakpoint. */
10135 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10136 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10137 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10138
10139 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10140 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10141
10142 return 1;
10143 }
10144
10145 /* Set a breakpoint.
10146 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10147 condition, and thread.
10148 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10149 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10150 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10151
10152 static void
10153 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10154 {
10155 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10156 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10157 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10158 : bp_breakpoint);
10159 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10160 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10161
10162 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10163 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10164 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10165 else
10166 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10167
10168 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10169 arg,
10170 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10171 tempflag, type_wanted,
10172 0 /* Ignore count */,
10173 pending_break_support,
10174 ops,
10175 from_tty,
10176 1 /* enabled */,
10177 0 /* internal */,
10178 0);
10179 }
10180
10181 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10182
10183 void
10184 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10185 {
10186 CORE_ADDR pc;
10187
10188 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10189 {
10190 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10191 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10192 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10193 sal->pc = pc;
10194
10195 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10196 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10197 if (sal->explicit_line)
10198 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10199 }
10200
10201 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10202 {
10203 const struct blockvector *bv;
10204 const struct block *b;
10205 struct symbol *sym;
10206
10207 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
10208 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
10209 if (bv != NULL)
10210 {
10211 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10212 if (sym != NULL)
10213 {
10214 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
10215 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
10216 sym);
10217 }
10218 else
10219 {
10220 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10221 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10222 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10223 happen in assembly source). */
10224
10225 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10226 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10227
10228 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10229
10230 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10231 if (msym.minsym)
10232 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10233
10234 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10235 }
10236 }
10237 }
10238 }
10239
10240 void
10241 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10242 {
10243 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10244 }
10245
10246 void
10247 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10248 {
10249 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10250 }
10251
10252 static void
10253 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10254 {
10255 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10256 }
10257
10258 static void
10259 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10260 {
10261 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10262 }
10263
10264 static void
10265 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10266 {
10267 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10268 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10269 stop at <line>\n"));
10270 }
10271
10272 static void
10273 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10274 {
10275 int badInput = 0;
10276
10277 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10278 badInput = 1;
10279 else if (*arg != '*')
10280 {
10281 char *argptr = arg;
10282 int hasColon = 0;
10283
10284 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10285 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10286 function/method name. */
10287 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10288 {
10289 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10290 argptr++;
10291 }
10292
10293 if (hasColon)
10294 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10295 else
10296 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10297 }
10298
10299 if (badInput)
10300 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10301 else
10302 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10303 }
10304
10305 static void
10306 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10307 {
10308 int badInput = 0;
10309
10310 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10311 badInput = 1;
10312 else
10313 {
10314 char *argptr = arg;
10315 int hasColon = 0;
10316
10317 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10318 it is probably a line number. */
10319 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10320 {
10321 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10322 argptr++;
10323 }
10324
10325 if (hasColon)
10326 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10327 else
10328 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10329 }
10330
10331 if (badInput)
10332 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10333 else
10334 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10335 }
10336
10337 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10338 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10339 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10340 line. */
10341
10342 static void
10343 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10344 {
10345 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10346 arg,
10347 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10348 0, bp_dprintf,
10349 0 /* Ignore count */,
10350 pending_break_support,
10351 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10352 from_tty,
10353 1 /* enabled */,
10354 0 /* internal */,
10355 0);
10356 }
10357
10358 static void
10359 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10360 {
10361 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10362 }
10363
10364 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10365 ranged breakpoints. */
10366
10367 static int
10368 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10369 struct address_space *aspace,
10370 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10371 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10372 {
10373 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10374 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10375 return 0;
10376
10377 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10378 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10379 }
10380
10381 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10382 ranged breakpoints. */
10383
10384 static int
10385 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10386 {
10387 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10388 }
10389
10390 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10391 ranged breakpoints. */
10392
10393 static enum print_stop_action
10394 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10395 {
10396 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10397 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10398 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10399
10400 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10401
10402 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10403 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10404
10405 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10406 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10407 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10408 else
10409 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10410 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10411 {
10412 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10413 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10414 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10415 }
10416 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10417 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10418
10419 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10420 }
10421
10422 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10423 ranged breakpoints. */
10424
10425 static void
10426 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10427 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10428 {
10429 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10430 struct value_print_options opts;
10431 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10432
10433 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10434 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10435
10436 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10437
10438 if (opts.addressprint)
10439 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10440 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10441 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10442 annotate_field (5);
10443 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10444 *last_loc = bl;
10445 }
10446
10447 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10448 ranged breakpoints. */
10449
10450 static void
10451 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10452 struct ui_out *uiout)
10453 {
10454 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10455 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10456 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10457 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10458
10459 gdb_assert (bl);
10460
10461 address_start = bl->address;
10462 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10463
10464 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10465 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10466 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10467 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10468 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10469 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10470
10471 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10472 }
10473
10474 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10475 ranged breakpoints. */
10476
10477 static void
10478 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10479 {
10480 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10481 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10482
10483 gdb_assert (bl);
10484 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10485
10486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10487 return;
10488
10489 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10490 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10491 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10492 }
10493
10494 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10495 ranged breakpoints. */
10496
10497 static void
10498 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10499 {
10500 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10501 b->addr_string_range_end);
10502 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10503 }
10504
10505 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10506
10507 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10508
10509 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10510 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10511 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10512 last instruction of the given line. */
10513
10514 static CORE_ADDR
10515 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10516 {
10517 CORE_ADDR end;
10518
10519 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10520 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10521 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10522 end = sal.pc;
10523 else
10524 {
10525 int ret;
10526 CORE_ADDR start;
10527
10528 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10529 if (!ret)
10530 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10531
10532 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10533 end--;
10534 }
10535
10536 return end;
10537 }
10538
10539 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10540
10541 static void
10542 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10543 {
10544 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10545 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10546 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10547 CORE_ADDR end;
10548 struct breakpoint *b;
10549 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10550 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10551 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10552
10553 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10554 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10555 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10556
10557 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10558 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10559 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10560 bp_count, 0);
10561 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10562 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10563
10564 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10565 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10566 error(_("No address range specified."));
10567
10568 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10569
10570 arg_start = arg;
10571 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10572
10573 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10574
10575 if (arg[0] != ',')
10576 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10577 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10578 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10579
10580 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10581
10582 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10583 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10584 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10585
10586 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10587 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10588 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10589
10590 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10591 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10592
10593 /* Parse the end location. */
10594
10595 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10596 arg_start = arg;
10597
10598 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10599 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10600 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10601 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10602 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10603 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10604 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10605 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10606
10607 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10608
10609 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10610 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10611
10612 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10613 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10614 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10615 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10616
10617 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10618 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10619 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10620
10621 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10622 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10623 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10624
10625 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10626 if (length < 0)
10627 /* Length overflowed. */
10628 error (_("Address range too large."));
10629 else if (length == 1)
10630 {
10631 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10632 the `hbreak' command. */
10633 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10634
10635 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10636
10637 return;
10638 }
10639
10640 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10641 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10642 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10643 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10644 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10645 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10646 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10647 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10648 b->loc->length = length;
10649
10650 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10651
10652 mention (b);
10653 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10654 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10655 }
10656
10657 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10658 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10659 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10660 zero. */
10661
10662 static int
10663 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10664 {
10665 int i = exp->nelts;
10666
10667 while (i > 0)
10668 {
10669 int oplenp, argsp;
10670
10671 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10672 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10673 i -= oplenp;
10674
10675 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10676 {
10677 case BINOP_ADD:
10678 case BINOP_SUB:
10679 case BINOP_MUL:
10680 case BINOP_DIV:
10681 case BINOP_REM:
10682 case BINOP_MOD:
10683 case BINOP_LSH:
10684 case BINOP_RSH:
10685 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10686 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10687 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10688 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10689 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10690 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10691 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10692 case BINOP_LESS:
10693 case BINOP_GTR:
10694 case BINOP_LEQ:
10695 case BINOP_GEQ:
10696 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10697 case BINOP_COMMA:
10698 case BINOP_EXP:
10699 case BINOP_MIN:
10700 case BINOP_MAX:
10701 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10702 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10703 case TERNOP_COND:
10704 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10705
10706 case OP_LONG:
10707 case OP_DOUBLE:
10708 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10709 case OP_LAST:
10710 case OP_COMPLEX:
10711 case OP_STRING:
10712 case OP_ARRAY:
10713 case OP_TYPE:
10714 case OP_TYPEOF:
10715 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10716 case OP_TYPEID:
10717 case OP_NAME:
10718 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10719
10720 case UNOP_NEG:
10721 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10722 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10723 case UNOP_ADDR:
10724 case UNOP_HIGH:
10725 case UNOP_CAST:
10726
10727 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10728 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10729 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10730 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10731 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10732 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10733 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10734
10735 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10736 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10737 ADDR is. */
10738 break;
10739
10740 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10741 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10742
10743 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10744 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10745 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10746 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10747
10748 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10749 are always constant. */
10750 {
10751 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10752
10753 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10754 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10755 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10756 return 0;
10757 break;
10758 }
10759
10760 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10761 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10762 then it is not a constant. */
10763 default:
10764 return 0;
10765 }
10766 }
10767
10768 return 1;
10769 }
10770
10771 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10772
10773 static void
10774 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10775 {
10776 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10777
10778 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10779 xfree (w->exp);
10780 xfree (w->exp_string);
10781 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10782 value_free (w->val);
10783
10784 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10785 }
10786
10787 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10788
10789 static void
10790 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10791 {
10792 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10793
10794 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10795 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10796
10797 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10798 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10799 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10800 are loaded and unloaded.
10801
10802 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10803 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10804 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10805 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10806 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10807 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10808
10809 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10810 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10811 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10812 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10813
10814 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10815 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10816
10817 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10818 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10819 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10820 }
10821
10822 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10823
10824 static int
10825 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10826 {
10827 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10828 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10829
10830 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10831 w->cond_exp);
10832 }
10833
10834 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10835
10836 static int
10837 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10838 {
10839 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10840 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10841
10842 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10843 w->cond_exp);
10844 }
10845
10846 static int
10847 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10848 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10849 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10850 {
10851 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10852 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10853
10854 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10855 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10856 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10857 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10858 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10859 (did not match the data address). */
10860 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10861 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10862 return 0;
10863
10864 return 1;
10865 }
10866
10867 static void
10868 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10869 {
10870 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10871
10872 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10873 }
10874
10875 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10876 hardware watchpoints. */
10877
10878 static int
10879 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10880 {
10881 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10882 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10883
10884 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10885 }
10886
10887 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10888 hardware watchpoints. */
10889
10890 static int
10891 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10892 {
10893 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10894 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10895 }
10896
10897 static enum print_stop_action
10898 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10899 {
10900 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10901 struct breakpoint *b;
10902 struct ui_file *stb;
10903 enum print_stop_action result;
10904 struct watchpoint *w;
10905 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10906
10907 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10908
10909 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10910 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10911
10912 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10913 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10914
10915 switch (b->type)
10916 {
10917 case bp_watchpoint:
10918 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10919 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10920 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10921 ui_out_field_string
10922 (uiout, "reason",
10923 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10924 mention (b);
10925 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10926 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10927 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10928 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10929 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10930 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10931 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10932 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10933 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10934 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10935 break;
10936
10937 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10938 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10939 ui_out_field_string
10940 (uiout, "reason",
10941 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10942 mention (b);
10943 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10944 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10945 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10946 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10947 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10948 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10949 break;
10950
10951 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10952 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10953 {
10954 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10955 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10956 ui_out_field_string
10957 (uiout, "reason",
10958 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10959 mention (b);
10960 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10961 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10962 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10963 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10964 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10965 }
10966 else
10967 {
10968 mention (b);
10969 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10970 ui_out_field_string
10971 (uiout, "reason",
10972 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10973 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10974 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10975 }
10976 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10977 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10978 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10979 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10980 break;
10981 default:
10982 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10983 }
10984
10985 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10986 return result;
10987 }
10988
10989 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10990 watchpoints. */
10991
10992 static void
10993 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10994 {
10995 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10996 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10997 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10998
10999 switch (b->type)
11000 {
11001 case bp_watchpoint:
11002 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
11003 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11004 break;
11005 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11006 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11007 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11008 break;
11009 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11010 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11011 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11012 break;
11013 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11014 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11015 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11016 break;
11017 default:
11018 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11019 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11020 }
11021
11022 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11023 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11024 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11025 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11026 }
11027
11028 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11029 watchpoints. */
11030
11031 static void
11032 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11033 {
11034 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11035
11036 switch (b->type)
11037 {
11038 case bp_watchpoint:
11039 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11040 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11041 break;
11042 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11043 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11044 break;
11045 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11046 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11047 break;
11048 default:
11049 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11050 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11051 }
11052
11053 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
11054 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11055 }
11056
11057 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11058 watchpoints. */
11059
11060 static int
11061 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
11062 {
11063 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11064 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11065 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11066 return 0;
11067
11068 return 1;
11069 }
11070
11071 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11072
11073 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11074
11075 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11076 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11077
11078 static int
11079 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11080 {
11081 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11082
11083 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11084 bl->watchpoint_type);
11085 }
11086
11087 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11088 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11089
11090 static int
11091 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11092 {
11093 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11094
11095 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11096 bl->watchpoint_type);
11097 }
11098
11099 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11100 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11101
11102 static int
11103 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11104 {
11105 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11106
11107 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11108 }
11109
11110 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11111 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11112
11113 static int
11114 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11115 {
11116 return 0;
11117 }
11118
11119 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11120 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11121
11122 static enum print_stop_action
11123 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11124 {
11125 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11126 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11127
11128 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11129 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11130
11131 switch (b->type)
11132 {
11133 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11134 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11135 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11136 ui_out_field_string
11137 (uiout, "reason",
11138 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11139 break;
11140
11141 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11142 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11143 ui_out_field_string
11144 (uiout, "reason",
11145 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11146 break;
11147
11148 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11149 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11150 ui_out_field_string
11151 (uiout, "reason",
11152 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11153 break;
11154 default:
11155 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11156 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11157 }
11158
11159 mention (b);
11160 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11161 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11162 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11163 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11164
11165 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11166 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11167 }
11168
11169 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11170 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11171
11172 static void
11173 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11174 struct ui_out *uiout)
11175 {
11176 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11177
11178 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11179 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11180
11181 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11182 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11183 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11184 }
11185
11186 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11187 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11188
11189 static void
11190 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11191 {
11192 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11193 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11194 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11195
11196 switch (b->type)
11197 {
11198 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11199 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11200 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11201 break;
11202 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11203 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11204 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11205 break;
11206 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11207 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11208 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11209 break;
11210 default:
11211 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11212 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11213 }
11214
11215 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11216 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11217 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11218 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11219 }
11220
11221 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11222 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11223
11224 static void
11225 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11226 {
11227 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11228 char tmp[40];
11229
11230 switch (b->type)
11231 {
11232 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11233 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11234 break;
11235 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11236 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11237 break;
11238 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11239 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11240 break;
11241 default:
11242 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11243 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11244 }
11245
11246 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11247 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11248 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11249 }
11250
11251 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11252
11253 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11254
11255 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11256
11257 static int
11258 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11259 {
11260 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11261 }
11262
11263 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11264 hw_read: watch read,
11265 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11266 static void
11267 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11268 int just_location, int internal)
11269 {
11270 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11271 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11272 struct expression *exp;
11273 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11274 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11275 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11276 struct frame_info *frame;
11277 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11278 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11279 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11280 int toklen = -1;
11281 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11282 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11283 enum bptype bp_type;
11284 int thread = -1;
11285 int pc = 0;
11286 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11287 the hardware watchpoint. */
11288 int use_mask = 0;
11289 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11290 struct watchpoint *w;
11291 char *expression;
11292 struct cleanup *back_to;
11293
11294 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11295 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11296 {
11297 const char *value_start;
11298
11299 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11300
11301 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11302 of the arguments string. */
11303 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11304 {
11305 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11306 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11307 tok--;
11308
11309 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11310 This is the value of the parameter. */
11311 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11312 tok--;
11313 value_start = tok + 1;
11314
11315 /* Skip whitespace. */
11316 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11317 tok--;
11318
11319 end_tok = tok;
11320
11321 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11322 This is the parameter itself. */
11323 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11324 tok--;
11325 tok++;
11326 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11327
11328 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11329 {
11330 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11331 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11332 only in a specific thread. */
11333 char *endp;
11334
11335 if (thread != -1)
11336 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11337
11338 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11339 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11340
11341 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11342 thread ID. */
11343 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11344 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11345
11346 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11347 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11348 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11349 }
11350 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11351 {
11352 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11353 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11354 facility. */
11355 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11356
11357 if (use_mask)
11358 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11359
11360 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11361
11362 mark = value_mark ();
11363 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11364 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11365 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11366 }
11367 else
11368 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11369 break;
11370
11371 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11372 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11373 exp_end = tok;
11374 }
11375 }
11376 else
11377 exp_end = arg;
11378
11379 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11380 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11381 ARG. */
11382 innermost_block = NULL;
11383 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11384 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11385 exp_start = arg = expression;
11386 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11387 exp_end = arg;
11388 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11389 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11390 prettier. */
11391 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11392 --exp_end;
11393
11394 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11395 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11396 {
11397 int len;
11398
11399 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11400 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11401 len--;
11402 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11403 }
11404
11405 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11406 mark = value_mark ();
11407 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11408
11409 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11410 {
11411 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11412 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11413 }
11414
11415 if (just_location)
11416 {
11417 int ret;
11418
11419 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11420 val = value_addr (result);
11421 release_value (val);
11422 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11423
11424 if (use_mask)
11425 {
11426 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11427 mask);
11428 if (ret == -1)
11429 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11430 else if (ret == -2)
11431 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11432 }
11433 }
11434 else if (val != NULL)
11435 release_value (val);
11436
11437 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11438 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11439
11440 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11441 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11442 {
11443 struct expression *cond;
11444
11445 innermost_block = NULL;
11446 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11447 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11448
11449 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11450 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11451 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11452
11453 xfree (cond);
11454 cond_end = tok;
11455 }
11456 if (*tok)
11457 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11458
11459 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11460
11461 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11462 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11463 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11464 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11465 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11466 {
11467 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11468 {
11469 scope_breakpoint
11470 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11471 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11472 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11473 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11474
11475 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11476
11477 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11478 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11479
11480 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11481 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11482
11483 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11484 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11485 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11486 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11487 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11488 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11489 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11490 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11491 scope_breakpoint->type);
11492 }
11493 }
11494
11495 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11496 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11497 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11498 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11499
11500 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11501 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11502 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11503 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11504 else
11505 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11506
11507 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11508 b = &w->base;
11509 if (use_mask)
11510 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11511 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11512 else
11513 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11514 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11515 b->thread = thread;
11516 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11517 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11518 w->exp = exp;
11519 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11520 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11521 if (just_location)
11522 {
11523 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11524 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11525 char *name;
11526
11527 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11528 name = type_to_string (t);
11529
11530 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11531 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11532 xfree (name);
11533
11534 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11535 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11536
11537 /* The above expression is in C. */
11538 b->language = language_c;
11539 }
11540 else
11541 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11542
11543 if (use_mask)
11544 {
11545 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11546 }
11547 else
11548 {
11549 w->val = val;
11550 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11551 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11552 w->val_valid = 1;
11553 }
11554
11555 if (cond_start)
11556 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11557 else
11558 b->cond_string = 0;
11559
11560 if (frame)
11561 {
11562 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11563 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11564 }
11565 else
11566 {
11567 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11568 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11569 }
11570
11571 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11572 {
11573 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11574 need to act on them together. */
11575 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11576 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11577 }
11578
11579 if (!just_location)
11580 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11581
11582 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11583 {
11584 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11585 that should be inserted. */
11586 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11587 }
11588 if (e.reason < 0)
11589 {
11590 delete_breakpoint (b);
11591 throw_exception (e);
11592 }
11593
11594 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11595 do_cleanups (back_to);
11596 }
11597
11598 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11599 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11600
11601 static int
11602 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11603 {
11604 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11605 struct value *head = v;
11606
11607 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11608 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11609 return 0;
11610
11611 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11612 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11613 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11614 hardware watchpoint.
11615
11616 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11617 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11618 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11619 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11620 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11621 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11622 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11623 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11624 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11625
11626 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11627 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11628 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11629 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11630 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11631 {
11632 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11633 {
11634 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11635 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11636 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11637 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11638 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11639 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11640 ;
11641 else
11642 {
11643 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11644 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11645 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11646
11647 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11648 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11649 middle of some value chain. */
11650 if (v == head
11651 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11652 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11653 {
11654 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11655 int len;
11656 int num_regs;
11657
11658 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11659 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11660 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11661
11662 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11663 if (!num_regs)
11664 return 0;
11665 else
11666 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11667 }
11668 }
11669 }
11670 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11671 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11672 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11673 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11674 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11675 }
11676
11677 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11678 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11679 return found_memory_cnt;
11680 }
11681
11682 void
11683 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11684 {
11685 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11686 }
11687
11688 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11689 calls watch_command_1. */
11690
11691 static void
11692 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11693 {
11694 int just_location = 0;
11695
11696 if (arg
11697 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11698 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11699 {
11700 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11701 just_location = 1;
11702 }
11703
11704 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11705 }
11706
11707 static void
11708 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11709 {
11710 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11711 }
11712
11713 void
11714 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11715 {
11716 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11717 }
11718
11719 static void
11720 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11721 {
11722 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11723 }
11724
11725 void
11726 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11727 {
11728 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11729 }
11730
11731 static void
11732 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11733 {
11734 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11735 }
11736 \f
11737
11738 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11739 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11740
11741 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11742 {
11743 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11744 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11745 int thread_num;
11746 };
11747
11748 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11749 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11750 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11751 command. */
11752 static void
11753 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11754 {
11755 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11756
11757 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11758 if (a->breakpoint2)
11759 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11760 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11761 }
11762
11763 void
11764 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11765 {
11766 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11767 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11768 struct frame_info *frame;
11769 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11770 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11771 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11772 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11773 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11774 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11775 int thread;
11776 struct thread_info *tp;
11777
11778 clear_proceed_status (0);
11779
11780 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11781 this function. */
11782
11783 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11784 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11785 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11786 get_last_displayed_line ());
11787 else
11788 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11789 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11790
11791 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11792 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11793
11794 sal = sals.sals[0];
11795 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11796
11797 if (*arg)
11798 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11799
11800 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11801
11802 tp = inferior_thread ();
11803 thread = tp->num;
11804
11805 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11806
11807 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11808 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11809 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11810 that. */
11811
11812 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11813 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11814 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11815 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11816
11817 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11818 one. */
11819
11820 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11821 {
11822 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11823
11824 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11825 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11826 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11827 sal2,
11828 caller_frame_id,
11829 bp_until);
11830 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11831
11832 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11833 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11834 }
11835
11836 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11837 frame = NULL;
11838
11839 if (anywhere)
11840 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11841 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11842 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11843 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11844 else
11845 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11846 only at the very same frame. */
11847 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11848 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11849 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11850
11851 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11852
11853 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11854 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11855 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11856 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11857
11858 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11859 {
11860 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11861 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11862
11863 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11864 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11865 args->thread_num = thread;
11866
11867 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11868 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11869 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11870 xfree);
11871 }
11872 else
11873 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11874 }
11875
11876 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11877 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11878
11879 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11880 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11881 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11882 if clause in the arg string. */
11883
11884 char *
11885 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11886 {
11887 char *cond_string;
11888
11889 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11890 return NULL;
11891
11892 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11893 (*arg) += 2;
11894
11895 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11896 condition string. */
11897 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11898 cond_string = *arg;
11899
11900 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11901 string. */
11902 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11903
11904 return cond_string;
11905 }
11906
11907 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11908 process start/exit, etc. */
11909
11910 typedef enum
11911 {
11912 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11913 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11914 }
11915 catch_fork_kind;
11916
11917 static void
11918 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11919 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11920 {
11921 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11922 char *cond_string = NULL;
11923 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11924 int tempflag;
11925
11926 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11927 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11928 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11929
11930 if (!arg)
11931 arg = "";
11932 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11933
11934 /* The allowed syntax is:
11935 catch [v]fork
11936 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11937
11938 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11939 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11940
11941 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11942 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11943
11944 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11945 and enable reporting of such events. */
11946 switch (fork_kind)
11947 {
11948 case catch_fork_temporary:
11949 case catch_fork_permanent:
11950 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11951 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11952 break;
11953 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11954 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11955 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11956 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11957 break;
11958 default:
11959 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11960 break;
11961 }
11962 }
11963
11964 static void
11965 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11966 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11967 {
11968 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11969 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11970 int tempflag;
11971 char *cond_string = NULL;
11972
11973 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11974
11975 if (!arg)
11976 arg = "";
11977 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11978
11979 /* The allowed syntax is:
11980 catch exec
11981 catch exec if <cond>
11982
11983 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11984 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11985
11986 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11987 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11988
11989 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11990 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11991 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11992 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11993
11994 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11995 }
11996
11997 void
11998 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11999 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12000 struct symtab_and_line sal,
12001 char *addr_string,
12002 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12003 int tempflag,
12004 int enabled,
12005 int from_tty)
12006 {
12007 if (from_tty)
12008 {
12009 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
12010 if (!loc_gdbarch)
12011 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
12012
12013 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
12014 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
12015 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12016 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12017 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12018 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12019 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12020 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12021 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12022 enough for now, though. */
12023 }
12024
12025 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
12026
12027 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
12028 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
12029 b->addr_string = addr_string;
12030 b->language = language_ada;
12031 }
12032
12033 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12034 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12035 static VEC(int) *
12036 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
12037 {
12038 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
12039 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
12040
12041 while (*arg != '\0')
12042 {
12043 int i, syscall_number;
12044 char *endptr;
12045 char cur_name[128];
12046 struct syscall s;
12047
12048 /* Skip whitespace. */
12049 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12050
12051 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
12052 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
12053 cur_name[i] = '\0';
12054 arg += i;
12055
12056 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12057 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
12058 if (*endptr == '\0')
12059 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
12060 else
12061 {
12062 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12063 to a number. */
12064 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
12065
12066 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
12067 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12068 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12069 syscall number to be caught. */
12070 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
12071 }
12072
12073 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12074 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
12075 }
12076
12077 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
12078 return result;
12079 }
12080
12081 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12082
12083 static void
12084 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12085 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12086 {
12087 int tempflag;
12088 VEC(int) *filter;
12089 struct syscall s;
12090 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12091
12092 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12093 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
12094 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12095 this architecture yet."));
12096
12097 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12098
12099 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12100
12101 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12102 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12103 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12104 for his/her architecture. */
12105 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
12106
12107 /* The allowed syntax is:
12108 catch syscall
12109 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12110
12111 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12112
12113 if (arg != NULL)
12114 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12115 else
12116 filter = NULL;
12117
12118 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12119 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12120 }
12121
12122 static void
12123 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12124 {
12125 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12126 }
12127 \f
12128
12129 static void
12130 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12131 {
12132 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12133 }
12134
12135 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12136
12137 static int
12138 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12139 {
12140 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12141 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12142 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12143 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12144
12145 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12146 return -1;
12147 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12148 return 1;
12149
12150 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12151 the number 0. */
12152 if (ua < ub)
12153 return -1;
12154 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12155 }
12156
12157 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12158
12159 static void
12160 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12161 {
12162 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12163 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12164 int ix;
12165 int default_match;
12166 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12167 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12168 int i;
12169 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12170
12171 if (arg)
12172 {
12173 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12174 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12175 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12176 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12177 default_match = 0;
12178 }
12179 else
12180 {
12181 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12182 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12183 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12184 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12185
12186 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12187 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12188 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12189 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12190 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12191 error (_("No source file specified."));
12192
12193 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12194 sals.nelts = 1;
12195
12196 default_match = 1;
12197 }
12198
12199 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12200 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12201 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12202 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12203
12204 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12205 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12206 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12207 due to optimization, all in one block.
12208
12209 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12210 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12211 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12212 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12213 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12214 to support that. */
12215
12216 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12217 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12218 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12219 breakpoint. */
12220
12221 found = NULL;
12222 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12223 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12224 {
12225 const char *sal_fullname;
12226
12227 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12228 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12229 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12230 or at default pc.
12231
12232 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12233
12234 0 1 pc
12235 1 1 pc _and_ line
12236 0 0 line
12237 1 0 <can't happen> */
12238
12239 sal = sals.sals[i];
12240 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12241 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12242
12243 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12244 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12245 {
12246 int match = 0;
12247 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12248 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12249 {
12250 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12251 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12252 {
12253 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12254 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12255 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12256 && sal.pc
12257 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12258 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12259 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12260 || loc->section == sal.section));
12261 int line_match = 0;
12262
12263 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12264 && loc->symtab != NULL
12265 && sal_fullname != NULL
12266 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12267 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12268 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12269 sal_fullname) == 0)
12270 line_match = 1;
12271
12272 if (pc_match || line_match)
12273 {
12274 match = 1;
12275 break;
12276 }
12277 }
12278 }
12279
12280 if (match)
12281 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12282 }
12283 }
12284
12285 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12286 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12287 {
12288 if (arg)
12289 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12290 else
12291 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12292 }
12293
12294 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12295 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12296 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12297 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12298 compare_breakpoints);
12299 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12300 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12301 {
12302 if (b == prev)
12303 {
12304 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12305 --ix;
12306 }
12307 }
12308
12309 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12310 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12311 if (from_tty)
12312 {
12313 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12314 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12315 else
12316 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12317 }
12318
12319 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12320 {
12321 if (from_tty)
12322 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12323 delete_breakpoint (b);
12324 }
12325 if (from_tty)
12326 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12327
12328 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12329 }
12330 \f
12331 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12332 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12333 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12334
12335 void
12336 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12337 {
12338 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12339
12340 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12341 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12342 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12343 && bs->stop)
12344 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12345
12346 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12347 {
12348 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12349 delete_breakpoint (b);
12350 }
12351 }
12352
12353 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12354 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12355 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12356 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12357 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12358 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12359
12360 static int
12361 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12362 {
12363 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12364 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12365
12366 if (a->address != b->address)
12367 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12368
12369 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12370 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12371 grouped. */
12372
12373 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12374 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12375 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12376
12377 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12378 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
12379 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
12380
12381 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12382 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12383 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12384
12385 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12386 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12387 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12388
12389 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12390 }
12391
12392 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12393 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12394 content of the bp_location array. */
12395
12396 static void
12397 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12398 {
12399 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12400
12401 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12402 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12403
12404 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12405 {
12406 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12407
12408 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12409 continue;
12410
12411 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12412 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12413
12414 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12415 addr = bl->address - start;
12416 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12417 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12418
12419 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12420
12421 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12422 addr = end - bl->address;
12423 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12424 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12425 }
12426 }
12427
12428 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12429
12430 static void
12431 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12432 {
12433 struct breakpoint *b;
12434 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12435
12436 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12437 return;
12438
12439 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12440
12441 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12442 {
12443 struct bp_location *bl;
12444 struct tracepoint *t;
12445 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12446
12447 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12448 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12449 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12450 continue;
12451
12452 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12453 {
12454 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12455 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12456 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12457 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12458 continue;
12459
12460 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12461
12462 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12463
12464 bl->inserted = 1;
12465 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12466 }
12467 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12468 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12469 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12470 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12471 }
12472
12473 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12474 }
12475
12476 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12477
12478 static void
12479 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12480 {
12481 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12482 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12483 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12484 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12485
12486 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12487 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12488 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12489 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12490 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12491
12492 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12493 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12494 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12495 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12496 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12497 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12498 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12499 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12500 }
12501
12502 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12503 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12504 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12505 the target. */
12506
12507 static void
12508 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12509 {
12510 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12511 struct bp_location *loc;
12512 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12513 int pspace_num;
12514
12515 address = bl->address;
12516 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12517
12518 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12519 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12520 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12521 side. */
12522 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12523 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12524 return;
12525
12526 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12527 the same program space as the location
12528 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12529 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12530 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12531 {
12532 loc = *loc2p;
12533
12534 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12535 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12536 continue;
12537
12538 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12539 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12540 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12541 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12542 that have already been marked. */
12543 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12544
12545 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12546 it later on. */
12547 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12548 {
12549 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12550 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12551 }
12552 }
12553 }
12554 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12555 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12556 locations are duplicate of which.
12557
12558 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12559 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12560 info. */
12561
12562 static void
12563 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12564 {
12565 struct breakpoint *b;
12566 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12567 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12568 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12569 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12570 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12571 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12572
12573 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12574 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12575 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12576 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12577 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12578 once. */
12579 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12580 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12581 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12582 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12583
12584 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12585 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12586 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12587 unsigned old_location_count;
12588
12589 old_location = bp_location;
12590 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12591 bp_location = NULL;
12592 bp_location_count = 0;
12593 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12594
12595 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12596 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12597 bp_location_count++;
12598
12599 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12600 locp = bp_location;
12601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12602 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12603 *locp++ = loc;
12604 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12605 bp_location_compare);
12606
12607 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12608
12609 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12610 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12611 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12612 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12613 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12614 location.
12615
12616 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12617 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12618
12619 locp = bp_location;
12620 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12621 old_locp++)
12622 {
12623 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12624 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12625
12626 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12627 not, we have to free it. */
12628 int found_object = 0;
12629 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12630 int keep_in_target = 0;
12631 int removed = 0;
12632
12633 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12634 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12635 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12636 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12637 locp++;
12638
12639 for (loc2p = locp;
12640 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12641 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12642 loc2p++)
12643 {
12644 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12645 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12646 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12647 place there. */
12648 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12649 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12650 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12651 {
12652 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12653 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12654 }
12655
12656 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12657 found_object = 1;
12658 }
12659
12660 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12661 have to go through updates again. */
12662 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12663
12664 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12665 if (!found_object)
12666 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12667
12668 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12669 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12670 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12671 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12672 at certain location is not inserted. */
12673
12674 if (old_loc->inserted)
12675 {
12676 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12677 it. */
12678
12679 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12680 {
12681 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12682 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12683 keep_in_target = 1;
12684 }
12685 else
12686 {
12687 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12688 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12689 remove its target-side condition. */
12690
12691 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12692 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12693 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12694 this one from the target. */
12695
12696 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12697 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12698 {
12699 for (loc2p = locp;
12700 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12701 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12702 loc2p++)
12703 {
12704 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12705
12706 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12707 {
12708 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12709 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12710 supported, but the latter are. */
12711 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12712 {
12713 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12714 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12715 }
12716
12717 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12718 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12719 unduplicated. */
12720 if (loc2 != old_loc
12721 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12722 {
12723 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12724 keep_in_target = 1;
12725 break;
12726 }
12727 }
12728 }
12729 }
12730 }
12731
12732 if (!keep_in_target)
12733 {
12734 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12735 {
12736 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12737 this location on the global list, and try to
12738 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12739 reason why we will succeed next time.
12740
12741 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12742 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12743 only after calling us. */
12744 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12745 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12746 old_loc->owner->number);
12747 }
12748 removed = 1;
12749 }
12750 }
12751
12752 if (!found_object)
12753 {
12754 if (removed && non_stop
12755 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12756 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12757 {
12758 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12759 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12760 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12761 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12762 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12763 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12764 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12765 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12766 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12767 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12768 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12769 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12770 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12771 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12772 SIGTRAP.
12773
12774 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12775 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12776
12777 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12778 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12779 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12780 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12781 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12782 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12783 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12784 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12785 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12786 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12787 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12788 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12789 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12790 thread_count.
12791
12792 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12793 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12794 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12795 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12796
12797 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12798 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12799 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12800 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12801 traps we can no longer explain. */
12802
12803 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12804 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12805
12806 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12807 }
12808 else
12809 {
12810 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12811 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12812 }
12813 }
12814 }
12815
12816 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12817 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12818 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12819 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12820 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12821 are sorted first for the same address.
12822
12823 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12824 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12825
12826 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12827 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12828 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12829 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12830 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12831 {
12832 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12833 non-NULL. */
12834 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12835 b = loc->owner;
12836
12837 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12838 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12839 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12840 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12841 `struct bp_location'. */
12842 || is_tracepoint (b))
12843 {
12844 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12845 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12846 continue;
12847 }
12848
12849 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12850 if (loc->permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12851 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12852 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12853 "actually inserted"));
12854
12855 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12856 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12857 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12858 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12859 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12860 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12861 else
12862 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12863
12864 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12865 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12866 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12867 {
12868 *loc_first_p = loc;
12869 loc->duplicate = 0;
12870
12871 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12872 {
12873 loc->needs_update = 1;
12874 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12875 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12876 }
12877 continue;
12878 }
12879
12880
12881 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12882 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12883 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12884 if (loc->inserted)
12885 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12886 loc->duplicate = 1;
12887
12888 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12889 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12890
12891 if (loc->inserted && !loc->permanent
12892 && (*loc_first_p)->permanent)
12893 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12894 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12895 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12896 }
12897
12898 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12899 {
12900 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12901 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12902 else
12903 {
12904 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12905 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12906 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12907 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12908 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12909 "needs_update". */
12910 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12911 }
12912 }
12913
12914 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12915 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12916
12917 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12918 }
12919
12920 void
12921 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12922 {
12923 struct bp_location *loc;
12924 int ix;
12925
12926 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12927 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12928 {
12929 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12930 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12931 --ix;
12932 }
12933 }
12934
12935 static void
12936 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12937 {
12938 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12939
12940 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12941 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12942 }
12943
12944 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12945
12946 static void
12947 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12948 {
12949 bpstat bs;
12950
12951 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12952 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12953 {
12954 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12955 bs->old_val = NULL;
12956 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12957 }
12958 }
12959
12960 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12961 static int
12962 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12963 {
12964 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12965
12966 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12967 return 0;
12968 }
12969
12970 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12971 callbacks. */
12972
12973 static void
12974 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12975 {
12976 struct value_print_options opts;
12977
12978 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12979
12980 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12981 single string. */
12982 if (b->loc == NULL)
12983 {
12984 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12985 }
12986 else
12987 {
12988 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12989 {
12990 printf_filtered (" at ");
12991 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12992 gdb_stdout);
12993 }
12994 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12995 {
12996 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12997 more nicely. */
12998 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12999 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13000 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
13001 b->loc->line_number);
13002 else
13003 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13004 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13005 real situation somewhat. */
13006 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
13007 }
13008
13009 if (b->loc->next)
13010 {
13011 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
13012 int n = 0;
13013 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13014 ++n;
13015 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
13016 }
13017 }
13018 }
13019
13020 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13021
13022 static void
13023 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
13024 {
13025 xfree (self->cond);
13026 if (self->cond_bytecode)
13027 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
13028 xfree (self->function_name);
13029
13030 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
13031 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
13032 }
13033
13034 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
13035 {
13036 bp_location_dtor
13037 };
13038
13039 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13040 inherit from. */
13041
13042 static void
13043 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13044 {
13045 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
13046 xfree (self->cond_string);
13047 xfree (self->extra_string);
13048 xfree (self->addr_string);
13049 xfree (self->filter);
13050 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
13051 }
13052
13053 static struct bp_location *
13054 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
13055 {
13056 struct bp_location *loc;
13057
13058 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
13059 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
13060 return loc;
13061 }
13062
13063 static void
13064 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13065 {
13066 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13067 }
13068
13069 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13070 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13071
13072 static int
13073 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13074 {
13075 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13076 }
13077
13078 static int
13079 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13080 {
13081 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13082 }
13083
13084 static int
13085 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13086 struct address_space *aspace,
13087 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13088 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13089 {
13090 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13091 }
13092
13093 static void
13094 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13095 {
13096 /* Always stop. */
13097 }
13098
13099 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13100 errors. */
13101
13102 static int
13103 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13104 {
13105 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13106 }
13107
13108 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13109 errors. */
13110
13111 static int
13112 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13113 {
13114 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13115 }
13116
13117 static enum print_stop_action
13118 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13119 {
13120 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13121 }
13122
13123 static void
13124 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13125 struct ui_out *uiout)
13126 {
13127 /* nothing */
13128 }
13129
13130 static void
13131 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13132 {
13133 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13134 }
13135
13136 static void
13137 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13138 {
13139 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13140 }
13141
13142 static void
13143 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13144 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13145 enum bptype type_wanted,
13146 char *addr_start,
13147 char **copy_arg)
13148 {
13149 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13150 }
13151
13152 static void
13153 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13154 struct linespec_result *c,
13155 char *cond_string,
13156 char *extra_string,
13157 enum bptype type_wanted,
13158 enum bpdisp disposition,
13159 int thread,
13160 int task, int ignore_count,
13161 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13162 int from_tty, int enabled,
13163 int internal, unsigned flags)
13164 {
13165 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13166 }
13167
13168 static void
13169 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13170 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13171 {
13172 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13173 }
13174
13175 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13176
13177 static int
13178 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13179 {
13180 return 1;
13181 }
13182
13183 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13184
13185 static void
13186 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13187 {
13188 /* Nothing to do. */
13189 }
13190
13191 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13192 {
13193 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13194 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13195 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13196 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13197 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13198 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13199 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13200 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13201 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13202 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13203 NULL,
13204 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13205 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13206 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13207 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13208 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13209 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13210 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13211 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13212 };
13213
13214 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13215
13216 static void
13217 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13218 {
13219 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13220 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13221 {
13222 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13223 delete_breakpoint (b);
13224 return;
13225 }
13226
13227 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13228 }
13229
13230 static int
13231 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13232 {
13233 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13234 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13235 else
13236 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13237 }
13238
13239 static int
13240 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13241 {
13242 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13243 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13244 else
13245 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13246 }
13247
13248 static int
13249 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13250 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13251 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13252 {
13253 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13254 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13255 return 0;
13256
13257 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13258 aspace, bp_addr))
13259 return 0;
13260
13261 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13262 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13263 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13264 return 0;
13265
13266 return 1;
13267 }
13268
13269 static int
13270 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13271 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13272 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13273 {
13274 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13275 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13276 {
13277 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13278 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13279 be set at the same address. */
13280 return 0;
13281 }
13282
13283 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13284 }
13285
13286 static int
13287 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13288 {
13289 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13290
13291 return 1;
13292 }
13293
13294 static enum print_stop_action
13295 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13296 {
13297 struct breakpoint *b;
13298 const struct bp_location *bl;
13299 int bp_temp;
13300 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13301
13302 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13303
13304 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13305 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13306
13307 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13308 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13309 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13310 bl->address,
13311 b->number, 1);
13312 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13313 if (bp_temp)
13314 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13315 else
13316 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13317 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13318 {
13319 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13320 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13321 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13322 }
13323 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13324 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13325
13326 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13327 }
13328
13329 static void
13330 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13331 {
13332 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13333 return;
13334
13335 switch (b->type)
13336 {
13337 case bp_breakpoint:
13338 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13339 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13340 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13341 else
13342 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13343 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13344 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13345 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13346 break;
13347 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13348 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13349 break;
13350 case bp_dprintf:
13351 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13352 break;
13353 }
13354
13355 say_where (b);
13356 }
13357
13358 static void
13359 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13360 {
13361 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13362 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13363 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13364 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13365 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13366 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13367 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13368 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13369 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13370 else
13371 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13372 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13373
13374 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13375 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13376 }
13377
13378 static void
13379 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13380 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13381 enum bptype type_wanted,
13382 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13383 {
13384 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13385 addr_start, copy_arg);
13386 }
13387
13388 static void
13389 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13390 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13391 char *cond_string,
13392 char *extra_string,
13393 enum bptype type_wanted,
13394 enum bpdisp disposition,
13395 int thread,
13396 int task, int ignore_count,
13397 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13398 int from_tty, int enabled,
13399 int internal, unsigned flags)
13400 {
13401 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13402 cond_string, extra_string,
13403 type_wanted,
13404 disposition, thread, task,
13405 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13406 enabled, internal, flags);
13407 }
13408
13409 static void
13410 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13411 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13412 {
13413 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13414 }
13415
13416 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13417
13418 static void
13419 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13420 {
13421 switch (b->type)
13422 {
13423 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13424 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13425 case bp_overlay_event:
13426 case bp_longjmp_master:
13427 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13428 case bp_exception_master:
13429 delete_breakpoint (b);
13430 break;
13431
13432 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13433 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13434 case bp_shlib_event:
13435
13436 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13437 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13438 case bp_thread_event:
13439 break;
13440 }
13441 }
13442
13443 static void
13444 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13445 {
13446 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13447 {
13448 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13449 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13450 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13451 objects (among other things). */
13452 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13453 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13454 }
13455 else
13456 bs->stop = 0;
13457 }
13458
13459 static enum print_stop_action
13460 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13461 {
13462 struct breakpoint *b;
13463
13464 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13465
13466 switch (b->type)
13467 {
13468 case bp_shlib_event:
13469 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13470 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13471 to shlib event" message.) */
13472 print_solib_event (0);
13473 break;
13474
13475 case bp_thread_event:
13476 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13477 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13478 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13479 break;
13480
13481 case bp_overlay_event:
13482 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13483 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13484 break;
13485
13486 case bp_longjmp_master:
13487 /* These should never be enabled. */
13488 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13489 break;
13490
13491 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13492 /* These should never be enabled. */
13493 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13494 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13495 break;
13496
13497 case bp_exception_master:
13498 /* These should never be enabled. */
13499 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13500 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13501 break;
13502 }
13503
13504 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13505 }
13506
13507 static void
13508 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13509 {
13510 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13511 }
13512
13513 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13514
13515 static void
13516 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13517 {
13518 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13519 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13520 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13521 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13522 }
13523
13524 static void
13525 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13526 {
13527 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13528 }
13529
13530 static enum print_stop_action
13531 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13532 {
13533 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13534
13535 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13536 {
13537 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13538
13539 switch (b->type)
13540 {
13541 case bp_finish:
13542 ui_out_field_string
13543 (uiout, "reason",
13544 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13545 break;
13546
13547 case bp_until:
13548 ui_out_field_string
13549 (uiout, "reason",
13550 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13551 break;
13552 }
13553 }
13554
13555 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13556 }
13557
13558 static void
13559 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13560 {
13561 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13562 }
13563
13564 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13565
13566 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13567 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13568
13569 static void
13570 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13571 {
13572 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13573
13574 if (tp)
13575 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13576
13577 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13578 }
13579
13580 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13581
13582 static int
13583 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13584 {
13585 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13586
13587 if (v == 0)
13588 {
13589 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13590 if needed. */
13591 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13592 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13593 bl->probe.objfile,
13594 bl->gdbarch);
13595 }
13596
13597 return v;
13598 }
13599
13600 static int
13601 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13602 {
13603 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13604 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13605 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13606 bl->probe.objfile,
13607 bl->gdbarch);
13608
13609 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13610 }
13611
13612 static void
13613 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13614 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13615 enum bptype type_wanted,
13616 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13617 {
13618 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13619
13620 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13621
13622 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13623 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13624
13625 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13626 }
13627
13628 static void
13629 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13630 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13631 {
13632 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13633 if (!sals->sals)
13634 error (_("probe not found"));
13635 }
13636
13637 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13638
13639 static void
13640 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13641 {
13642 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13643 }
13644
13645 static int
13646 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13647 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13648 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13649 {
13650 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13651 tracepoints. */
13652 return 0;
13653 }
13654
13655 static void
13656 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13657 struct ui_out *uiout)
13658 {
13659 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13660 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13661 {
13662 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13663
13664 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13665 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13666 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13667 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13668 }
13669 }
13670
13671 static void
13672 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13673 {
13674 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13675 return;
13676
13677 switch (b->type)
13678 {
13679 case bp_tracepoint:
13680 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13681 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13682 break;
13683 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13684 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13685 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13686 break;
13687 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13688 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13689 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13690 break;
13691 default:
13692 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13693 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13694 }
13695
13696 say_where (b);
13697 }
13698
13699 static void
13700 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13701 {
13702 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13703
13704 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13705 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13706 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13707 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13708 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13709 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13710 else
13711 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13712 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13713
13714 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13715 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13716
13717 if (tp->pass_count)
13718 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13719 }
13720
13721 static void
13722 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13723 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13724 enum bptype type_wanted,
13725 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13726 {
13727 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13728 addr_start, copy_arg);
13729 }
13730
13731 static void
13732 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13733 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13734 char *cond_string,
13735 char *extra_string,
13736 enum bptype type_wanted,
13737 enum bpdisp disposition,
13738 int thread,
13739 int task, int ignore_count,
13740 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13741 int from_tty, int enabled,
13742 int internal, unsigned flags)
13743 {
13744 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13745 cond_string, extra_string,
13746 type_wanted,
13747 disposition, thread, task,
13748 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13749 enabled, internal, flags);
13750 }
13751
13752 static void
13753 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13754 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13755 {
13756 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13757 }
13758
13759 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13760
13761 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13762 static probe. */
13763
13764 static void
13765 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13766 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13767 enum bptype type_wanted,
13768 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13769 {
13770 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13771 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13772 addr_start, copy_arg);
13773 }
13774
13775 static void
13776 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13777 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13778 {
13779 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13780 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13781 }
13782
13783 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13784
13785 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13786
13787 static void
13788 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13789 {
13790 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13791
13792 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13793 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13794 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13795 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13796 resolved. */
13797 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13798 error (_("Format string required"));
13799
13800 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13801 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13802 3 - disconnect from target 1
13803 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13804
13805 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13806 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13807 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13808 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13809 it all the time. */
13810 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13811 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13812 }
13813
13814 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13815
13816 static void
13817 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13818 {
13819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13820 tp->extra_string);
13821 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13822 }
13823
13824 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13825 dprintf.
13826
13827 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13828 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13829 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13830 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13831 address are all handled. */
13832
13833 static void
13834 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13835 {
13836 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13837 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13838 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13839
13840 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13841 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13842 condition not be evaluated. */
13843 bs->stop = 0;
13844
13845 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13846 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13847 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13848 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13849 commands here throws. */
13850 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13851 bs->commands = NULL;
13852 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13853
13854 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13855
13856 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13857 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13858 list. */
13859 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13860 }
13861
13862 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13863 markers (`-m'). */
13864
13865 static void
13866 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13867 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13868 enum bptype type_wanted,
13869 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13870 {
13871 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13872
13873 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13874
13875 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13876
13877 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13878 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13879 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13880 }
13881
13882 static void
13883 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13884 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13885 char *cond_string,
13886 char *extra_string,
13887 enum bptype type_wanted,
13888 enum bpdisp disposition,
13889 int thread,
13890 int task, int ignore_count,
13891 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13892 int from_tty, int enabled,
13893 int internal, unsigned flags)
13894 {
13895 int i;
13896 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13897 canonical->sals, 0);
13898
13899 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13900 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13901 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13902 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13903 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13904 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13905
13906 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13907 {
13908 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13909 struct tracepoint *tp;
13910 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13911 char *addr_string;
13912
13913 expanded.nelts = 1;
13914 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13915
13916 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13917 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13918
13919 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13920 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13921 addr_string, NULL,
13922 cond_string, extra_string,
13923 type_wanted, disposition,
13924 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13925 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13926 canonical->special_display);
13927 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13928 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13929 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13930 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13931 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13932 corresponds to this one */
13933 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13934
13935 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13936
13937 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13938 }
13939 }
13940
13941 static void
13942 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13943 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13944 {
13945 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13946
13947 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13948 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13949 {
13950 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13951 sals->nelts = 1;
13952 }
13953 else
13954 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13955 }
13956
13957 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13958
13959 static int
13960 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13961 {
13962 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13963 }
13964
13965 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13966 structures. */
13967
13968 void
13969 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13970 {
13971 struct breakpoint *b;
13972
13973 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13974
13975 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13976 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13977 especial culprits.
13978
13979 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13980 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13981 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13982 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13983 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13984 deleted.
13985
13986 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13987 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13988 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13989 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13990 was chosen. */
13991 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13992 return;
13993
13994 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13995 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13996 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13997 {
13998 struct breakpoint *related;
13999 struct watchpoint *w;
14000
14001 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14002 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
14003 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14004 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14005 else
14006 w = NULL;
14007 if (w != NULL)
14008 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
14009
14010 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14011 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
14012 related = related->related_breakpoint);
14013 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
14014 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
14015 }
14016
14017 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14018 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14019 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14020 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14021 if (bpt->number)
14022 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
14023
14024 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
14025 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
14026
14027 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14028 if (b->next == bpt)
14029 {
14030 b->next = bpt->next;
14031 break;
14032 }
14033
14034 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14035 been freed. */
14036 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14037 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14038 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14039 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14040 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14041 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14042 commands won't work. */
14043
14044 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
14045
14046 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14047 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14048 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14049 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14050 might be better design to have location completely
14051 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14052 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14053
14054 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
14055 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14056 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14057 bpt->type = bp_none;
14058 xfree (bpt);
14059 }
14060
14061 static void
14062 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14063 {
14064 delete_breakpoint (b);
14065 }
14066
14067 struct cleanup *
14068 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14069 {
14070 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14071 }
14072
14073 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14074 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14075
14076 static void
14077 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14078 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14079 void *),
14080 void *data)
14081 {
14082 struct breakpoint *related;
14083
14084 related = b;
14085 do
14086 {
14087 struct breakpoint *next;
14088
14089 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14090 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14091
14092 if (next == related)
14093 {
14094 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14095 function (related, data);
14096
14097 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14098 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14099 out. */
14100 break;
14101 }
14102 else
14103 function (related, data);
14104
14105 related = next;
14106 }
14107 while (related != b);
14108 }
14109
14110 static void
14111 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14112 {
14113 delete_breakpoint (b);
14114 }
14115
14116 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14117 delete_breakpoint. */
14118
14119 static void
14120 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14121 {
14122 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14123 }
14124
14125 void
14126 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14127 {
14128 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14129
14130 dont_repeat ();
14131
14132 if (arg == 0)
14133 {
14134 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14135
14136 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14137 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14138 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14140 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14141 {
14142 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14143 break;
14144 }
14145
14146 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14147 if (!from_tty
14148 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14149 {
14150 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14151 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14152 delete_breakpoint (b);
14153 }
14154 }
14155 else
14156 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14157 }
14158
14159 static int
14160 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14161 {
14162 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14163 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14164 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14165 return 0;
14166 return 1;
14167 }
14168
14169 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14170 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14171 Null names are ignored. */
14172
14173 static int
14174 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14175 {
14176 struct bp_location *l;
14177 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14178 (int (*) (const void *,
14179 const void *)) streq,
14180 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14181
14182 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14183 {
14184 const char **slot;
14185 const char *name = l->function_name;
14186
14187 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14188 if (name == NULL)
14189 continue;
14190
14191 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14192 INSERT);
14193 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14194 returns NULL. */
14195 if (*slot != NULL)
14196 {
14197 htab_delete (htab);
14198 return 1;
14199 }
14200 *slot = name;
14201 }
14202
14203 htab_delete (htab);
14204 return 0;
14205 }
14206
14207 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14208 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14209 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14210 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14211 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14212 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14213 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14214 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14215 The heuristic is:
14216
14217 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14218 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14219 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14220 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14221 in the sources, and output a warning.
14222
14223 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14224 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14225 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14226 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14227 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14228 warning.
14229
14230 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14231 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14232 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14233 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14234 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14235 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14236 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14237 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14238 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14239
14240 static struct symtab_and_line
14241 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14242 {
14243 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14244 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14245 CORE_ADDR pc;
14246
14247 pc = sal.pc;
14248 if (sal.line)
14249 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14250
14251 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14252 {
14253 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14254 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14255 b->number,
14256 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14257
14258 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14259 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14260 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14261
14262 return sal;
14263 }
14264
14265 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14266 by string ID. */
14267 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14268 && sal.line != 0
14269 && sal.symtab != NULL
14270 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14271 {
14272 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14273
14274 markers
14275 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14276
14277 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14278 {
14279 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14280 struct symbol *sym;
14281 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14282 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14283
14284 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14285
14286 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14287 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14288
14289 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14290 "found at previous line number"),
14291 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14292
14293 init_sal (&sal2);
14294
14295 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14296
14297 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14298 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14299 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14300 if (sym)
14301 {
14302 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14303 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14304 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14305 }
14306 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14307 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14308 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14309
14310 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14311 {
14312 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14313
14314 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14315 }
14316
14317 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14318 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14319
14320 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14321 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14322
14323 xfree (b->addr_string);
14324 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14325 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14326 b->loc->line_number);
14327
14328 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14329 so. */
14330
14331 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14332 }
14333 }
14334 return sal;
14335 }
14336
14337 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14338 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14339
14340 static int
14341 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14342 {
14343 while (a && b)
14344 {
14345 if (a->address != b->address)
14346 return 0;
14347
14348 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14349 return 0;
14350
14351 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14352 return 0;
14353
14354 a = a->next;
14355 b = b->next;
14356 }
14357
14358 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14359 return 0;
14360
14361 return 1;
14362 }
14363
14364 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14365 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14366 a ranged breakpoint. */
14367
14368 void
14369 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14370 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14371 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14372 {
14373 int i;
14374 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14375
14376 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14377 {
14378 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14379 location. */
14380 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14381 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14382 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14383 "multiple locations found\n"),
14384 b->number);
14385 return;
14386 }
14387
14388 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14389 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14390 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14391 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14392 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14393 individual locations. */
14394 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14395 return;
14396
14397 b->loc = NULL;
14398
14399 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14400 {
14401 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14402
14403 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14404
14405 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14406
14407 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14408 old symtab. */
14409 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14410 {
14411 const char *s;
14412 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14413
14414 s = b->cond_string;
14415 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14416 {
14417 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14418 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14419 0);
14420 }
14421 if (e.reason < 0)
14422 {
14423 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14424 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14425 b->number, e.message);
14426 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14427 }
14428 }
14429
14430 if (sals_end.nelts)
14431 {
14432 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14433
14434 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14435 }
14436 }
14437
14438 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14439 breakpoints. */
14440 {
14441 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14442 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14443 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14444 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14445 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14446 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14447 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14448
14449 for (; e; e = e->next)
14450 {
14451 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14452 {
14453 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14454 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14455 {
14456 for (; l; l = l->next)
14457 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14458 {
14459 l->enabled = 0;
14460 break;
14461 }
14462 }
14463 else
14464 {
14465 for (; l; l = l->next)
14466 if (l->function_name
14467 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14468 {
14469 l->enabled = 0;
14470 break;
14471 }
14472 }
14473 }
14474 }
14475 }
14476
14477 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14478 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14479
14480 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14481 }
14482
14483 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14484 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14485
14486 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14487 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14488 {
14489 char *s;
14490 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14491 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14492
14493 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14494 s = addr_string;
14495
14496 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14497 {
14498 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14499 }
14500 if (e.reason < 0)
14501 {
14502 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14503 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14504 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14505 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14506 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14507 state, then user already saw the message about that
14508 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14509 errors. */
14510 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14511 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14512 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14513 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14514 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14515 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14516
14517 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14518 {
14519 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14520 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14521 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14522 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14523 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14524 which approach is better. */
14525 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14526 throw_exception (e);
14527 }
14528 }
14529
14530 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14531 {
14532 int i;
14533
14534 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14535 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14536 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14537 {
14538 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14539 int thread, task;
14540
14541 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14542 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14543 &extra_string);
14544 if (cond_string)
14545 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14546 b->thread = thread;
14547 b->task = task;
14548 if (extra_string)
14549 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14550 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14551 }
14552
14553 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14554 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14555
14556 *found = 1;
14557 }
14558 else
14559 *found = 0;
14560
14561 return sals;
14562 }
14563
14564 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14565 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14566 locations. */
14567
14568 static void
14569 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14570 {
14571 int found;
14572 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14573 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14574 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14575
14576 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14577 if (found)
14578 {
14579 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14580 expanded = sals;
14581 }
14582
14583 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14584 {
14585 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14586 if (found)
14587 {
14588 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14589 expanded_end = sals_end;
14590 }
14591 }
14592
14593 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14594 }
14595
14596 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14597 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14598
14599 static void
14600 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14601 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14602 enum bptype type_wanted,
14603 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14604 {
14605 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14606 }
14607
14608 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14609 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14610 breakpoint_ops. */
14611
14612 static void
14613 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14614 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14615 char *cond_string,
14616 char *extra_string,
14617 enum bptype type_wanted,
14618 enum bpdisp disposition,
14619 int thread,
14620 int task, int ignore_count,
14621 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14622 int from_tty, int enabled,
14623 int internal, unsigned flags)
14624 {
14625 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14626 extra_string,
14627 type_wanted, disposition,
14628 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14629 enabled, internal, flags);
14630 }
14631
14632 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14633 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14634
14635 static void
14636 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14637 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14638 {
14639 struct linespec_result canonical;
14640
14641 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14642 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14643 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14644 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14645 b->filter);
14646
14647 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14648 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14649
14650 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14651 {
14652 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14653
14654 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14655 *sals = lsal->sals;
14656 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14657 contents. */
14658 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14659 }
14660
14661 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14662 }
14663
14664 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14665
14666 static struct cleanup *
14667 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14668 {
14669 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14670
14671 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14672 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14673 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14674 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14675 set_language (b->language);
14676
14677 return cleanups;
14678 }
14679
14680 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14681 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14682 Unused in this case. */
14683
14684 static int
14685 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14686 {
14687 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14688 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14689 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14690
14691 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14692 b->ops->re_set (b);
14693 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14694 return 0;
14695 }
14696
14697 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14698 void
14699 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14700 {
14701 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14702 enum language save_language;
14703 int save_input_radix;
14704 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14705
14706 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14707 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14708 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14709
14710 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14711 {
14712 /* Format possible error msg. */
14713 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14714 b->number);
14715 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14716 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14717 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14718 }
14719 set_language (save_language);
14720 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14721
14722 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14723
14724 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14725
14726 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14727 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14728 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14729 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14730 }
14731 \f
14732 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14733
14734 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14735 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14736 void
14737 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14738 {
14739 if (b->thread != -1)
14740 {
14741 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14742 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14743
14744 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14745 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14746 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14747 as well. */
14748 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14749 }
14750 }
14751
14752 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14753 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14754 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14755
14756 void
14757 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14758 {
14759 struct breakpoint *b;
14760
14761 if (count < 0)
14762 count = 0;
14763
14764 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14765 if (b->number == bptnum)
14766 {
14767 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14768 {
14769 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14770 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14771 bptnum);
14772 return;
14773 }
14774
14775 b->ignore_count = count;
14776 if (from_tty)
14777 {
14778 if (count == 0)
14779 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14780 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14781 bptnum);
14782 else if (count == 1)
14783 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14784 bptnum);
14785 else
14786 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14787 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14788 count, bptnum);
14789 }
14790 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14791 return;
14792 }
14793
14794 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14795 }
14796
14797 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14798
14799 static void
14800 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14801 {
14802 char *p = args;
14803 int num;
14804
14805 if (p == 0)
14806 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14807
14808 num = get_number (&p);
14809 if (num == 0)
14810 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14811 if (*p == 0)
14812 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14813
14814 set_ignore_count (num,
14815 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14816 from_tty);
14817 if (from_tty)
14818 printf_filtered ("\n");
14819 }
14820 \f
14821 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14822 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14823
14824 static void
14825 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14826 void *),
14827 void *data)
14828 {
14829 int num;
14830 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14831 int match;
14832 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14833
14834 if (args == 0)
14835 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14836
14837 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14838
14839 while (!state.finished)
14840 {
14841 const char *p = state.string;
14842
14843 match = 0;
14844
14845 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14846 if (num == 0)
14847 {
14848 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14849 }
14850 else
14851 {
14852 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14853 if (b->number == num)
14854 {
14855 match = 1;
14856 function (b, data);
14857 break;
14858 }
14859 if (match == 0)
14860 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14861 }
14862 }
14863 }
14864
14865 static struct bp_location *
14866 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14867 {
14868 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14869 char *p1;
14870 int bp_num;
14871 int loc_num;
14872 struct breakpoint *b;
14873 struct bp_location *loc;
14874
14875 *dot = '\0';
14876
14877 p1 = number;
14878 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14879 if (bp_num == 0)
14880 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14881
14882 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14883 if (b->number == bp_num)
14884 {
14885 break;
14886 }
14887
14888 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14889 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14890
14891 p1 = dot+1;
14892 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14893 if (loc_num == 0)
14894 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14895
14896 --loc_num;
14897 loc = b->loc;
14898 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14899 ;
14900 if (!loc)
14901 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14902
14903 return loc;
14904 }
14905
14906
14907 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14908 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14909 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14910
14911 void
14912 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14913 {
14914 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14915 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14916 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14917 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14918 return;
14919
14920 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14921
14922 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14923 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14924
14925 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14926 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14927 {
14928 struct bp_location *location;
14929
14930 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14931 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14932 }
14933
14934 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14935
14936 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14937 }
14938
14939 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14940
14941 static void
14942 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14943 {
14944 disable_breakpoint (b);
14945 }
14946
14947 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14948 disable_breakpoint. */
14949
14950 static void
14951 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14952 {
14953 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14954 }
14955
14956 static void
14957 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14958 {
14959 if (args == 0)
14960 {
14961 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14962
14963 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14964 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14965 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14966 }
14967 else
14968 {
14969 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14970
14971 while (num)
14972 {
14973 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14974 {
14975 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14976
14977 if (loc)
14978 {
14979 if (loc->enabled)
14980 {
14981 loc->enabled = 0;
14982 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14983 }
14984 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14985 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14986 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14987 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14988 }
14989 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14990 }
14991 else
14992 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14993 num = extract_arg (&args);
14994 }
14995 }
14996 }
14997
14998 static void
14999 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
15000 int count)
15001 {
15002 int target_resources_ok;
15003
15004 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
15005 {
15006 int i;
15007 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15008 target_resources_ok =
15009 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
15010 i + 1, 0);
15011 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
15012 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15013 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
15014 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15015 }
15016
15017 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
15018 {
15019 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15020 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
15021 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
15022
15023 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15024 {
15025 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
15026
15027 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
15028 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15029 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
15030 }
15031 if (e.reason < 0)
15032 {
15033 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
15034 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15035 bpt->number);
15036 return;
15037 }
15038 }
15039
15040 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15041
15042 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15043 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15044
15045 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15046 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15047 {
15048 struct bp_location *location;
15049
15050 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15051 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15052 }
15053
15054 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15055 bpt->enable_count = count;
15056 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15057
15058 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15059 }
15060
15061
15062 void
15063 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15064 {
15065 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15066 }
15067
15068 static void
15069 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15070 {
15071 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15072 }
15073
15074 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15075 enable_breakpoint. */
15076
15077 static void
15078 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15079 {
15080 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15081 }
15082
15083 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15084 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15085 in stopping the inferior. */
15086
15087 static void
15088 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15089 {
15090 if (args == 0)
15091 {
15092 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15093
15094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15095 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15096 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15097 }
15098 else
15099 {
15100 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15101
15102 while (num)
15103 {
15104 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15105 {
15106 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15107
15108 if (loc)
15109 {
15110 if (!loc->enabled)
15111 {
15112 loc->enabled = 1;
15113 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15114 }
15115 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15116 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15117 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15118 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15119 }
15120 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15121 }
15122 else
15123 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15124 num = extract_arg (&args);
15125 }
15126 }
15127 }
15128
15129 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15130 breakpoints. */
15131
15132 struct disp_data
15133 {
15134 enum bpdisp disp;
15135 int count;
15136 };
15137
15138 static void
15139 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15140 {
15141 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15142
15143 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15144 }
15145
15146 static void
15147 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15148 {
15149 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15150
15151 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15152 }
15153
15154 static void
15155 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15156 {
15157 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15158 }
15159
15160 static void
15161 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15162 {
15163 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15164
15165 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15166 }
15167
15168 static void
15169 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15170 {
15171 int count = get_number (&args);
15172
15173 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15174 }
15175
15176 static void
15177 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15178 {
15179 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15180
15181 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15182 }
15183
15184 static void
15185 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15186 {
15187 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15188 }
15189 \f
15190 static void
15191 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15192 {
15193 }
15194
15195 static void
15196 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15197 {
15198 }
15199
15200 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15201 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15202 GDB itself. */
15203
15204 static void
15205 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15206 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15207 const bfd_byte *data)
15208 {
15209 struct breakpoint *bp;
15210
15211 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15212 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15213 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15214 {
15215 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15216
15217 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15218 {
15219 struct bp_location *loc;
15220
15221 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15222 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15223 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15224 && addr + len > loc->address)
15225 {
15226 value_free (wp->val);
15227 wp->val = NULL;
15228 wp->val_valid = 0;
15229 }
15230 }
15231 }
15232 }
15233
15234 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15235
15236 void
15237 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15238 struct address_space *aspace,
15239 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
15240 {
15241 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
15242 struct symtab_and_line sal;
15243 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
15244
15245 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
15246 {
15247 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
15248 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->num, gdbarch);
15249 }
15250
15251 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
15252 sal.pc = pc;
15253 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
15254 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
15255 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
15256
15257 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
15258 }
15259
15260 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15261
15262 int
15263 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
15264 struct address_space *aspace,
15265 CORE_ADDR pc)
15266 {
15267 struct bp_location *loc;
15268
15269 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15270 if (loc->inserted
15271 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
15272 return 1;
15273
15274 return 0;
15275 }
15276
15277 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15278 PC. */
15279
15280 int
15281 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15282 CORE_ADDR pc)
15283 {
15284 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15285
15286 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15287 {
15288 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
15289 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
15290 return 1;
15291 }
15292 return 0;
15293 }
15294
15295 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15296 non-zero otherwise. */
15297 static int
15298 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15299 {
15300 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15301 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15302 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15303 return 1;
15304 else
15305 return 0;
15306 }
15307
15308 int
15309 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15310 {
15311 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15312 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15313
15314 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15315 }
15316
15317 int
15318 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15319 {
15320 struct breakpoint *bp;
15321
15322 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15323 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15324 {
15325 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15326
15327 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15328 {
15329 int i, iter;
15330 for (i = 0;
15331 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15332 i++)
15333 if (syscall_number == iter)
15334 return 1;
15335 }
15336 else
15337 return 1;
15338 }
15339
15340 return 0;
15341 }
15342
15343 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15344 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15345 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15346 const char *text, const char *word)
15347 {
15348 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15349 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15350 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15351
15352 xfree (list);
15353 return retlist;
15354 }
15355
15356 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15357
15358 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15359 static void
15360 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15361 {
15362 tracepoint_count = num;
15363 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15364 }
15365
15366 static void
15367 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15368 {
15369 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15370 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15371
15372 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15373 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15374 else
15375 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15376
15377 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15378 arg,
15379 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15380 0 /* tempflag */,
15381 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15382 0 /* Ignore count */,
15383 pending_break_support,
15384 ops,
15385 from_tty,
15386 1 /* enabled */,
15387 0 /* internal */, 0);
15388 }
15389
15390 static void
15391 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15392 {
15393 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15394 arg,
15395 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15396 0 /* tempflag */,
15397 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15398 0 /* Ignore count */,
15399 pending_break_support,
15400 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15401 from_tty,
15402 1 /* enabled */,
15403 0 /* internal */, 0);
15404 }
15405
15406 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15407
15408 static void
15409 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15410 {
15411 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15412
15413 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15414 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15415 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15416 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15417 else
15418 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15419
15420 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15421 arg,
15422 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15423 0 /* tempflag */,
15424 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15425 0 /* Ignore count */,
15426 pending_break_support,
15427 ops,
15428 from_tty,
15429 1 /* enabled */,
15430 0 /* internal */, 0);
15431 }
15432
15433 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15434 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15435
15436 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15437 static int next_cmd;
15438
15439 static char *
15440 read_uploaded_action (void)
15441 {
15442 char *rslt;
15443
15444 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15445
15446 next_cmd++;
15447
15448 return rslt;
15449 }
15450
15451 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15452 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15453 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15454 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15455 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15456
15457 struct tracepoint *
15458 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15459 {
15460 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15461 struct tracepoint *tp;
15462
15463 if (utp->at_string)
15464 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15465 else
15466 {
15467 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15468 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15469 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15470 user. */
15471 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15472 "source location, using raw address"),
15473 utp->number);
15474 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15475 addr_str = small_buf;
15476 }
15477
15478 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15479 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15480 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15481 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15482 utp->number);
15483
15484 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15485 addr_str,
15486 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15487 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15488 0 /* tempflag */,
15489 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15490 0 /* Ignore count */,
15491 pending_break_support,
15492 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15493 0 /* from_tty */,
15494 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15495 0 /* internal */,
15496 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15497 return NULL;
15498
15499 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15500 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15501 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15502
15503 if (utp->pass > 0)
15504 {
15505 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15506 tp->base.number);
15507
15508 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15509 }
15510
15511 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15512 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15513 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15514 function. */
15515 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15516 {
15517 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15518
15519 this_utp = utp;
15520 next_cmd = 0;
15521
15522 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15523
15524 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15525 }
15526 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15527 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15528 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15529 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15530 utp->number);
15531
15532 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15533 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15534 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15535
15536 return tp;
15537 }
15538
15539 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15540 omitted. */
15541
15542 static void
15543 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15544 {
15545 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15546 int num_printed;
15547
15548 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15549
15550 if (num_printed == 0)
15551 {
15552 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15553 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15554 else
15555 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15556 }
15557
15558 default_collect_info ();
15559 }
15560
15561 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15562 Not supported by all targets. */
15563 static void
15564 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15565 {
15566 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15567 }
15568
15569 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15570 Not supported by all targets. */
15571 static void
15572 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15573 {
15574 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15575 }
15576
15577 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15578 static void
15579 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15580 {
15581 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15582
15583 dont_repeat ();
15584
15585 if (arg == 0)
15586 {
15587 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15588
15589 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15590 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15591 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15592 argument. */
15593 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15594 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15595 {
15596 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15597 break;
15598 }
15599
15600 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15601 if (!from_tty
15602 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15603 {
15604 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15605 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15606 delete_breakpoint (b);
15607 }
15608 }
15609 else
15610 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15611 }
15612
15613 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15614
15615 static void
15616 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15617 {
15618 tp->pass_count = count;
15619 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15620 if (from_tty)
15621 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15622 tp->base.number, count);
15623 }
15624
15625 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15626
15627 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15628 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15629 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15630
15631 static void
15632 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15633 {
15634 struct tracepoint *t1;
15635 unsigned int count;
15636
15637 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15638 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15639 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15640
15641 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15642
15643 args = skip_spaces (args);
15644 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15645 {
15646 struct breakpoint *b;
15647
15648 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15649 if (*args)
15650 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15651
15652 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15653 {
15654 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15655 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15656 }
15657 }
15658 else if (*args == '\0')
15659 {
15660 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15661 if (t1)
15662 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15663 }
15664 else
15665 {
15666 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15667
15668 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15669 while (!state.finished)
15670 {
15671 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15672 if (t1)
15673 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15674 }
15675 }
15676 }
15677
15678 struct tracepoint *
15679 get_tracepoint (int num)
15680 {
15681 struct breakpoint *t;
15682
15683 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15684 if (t->number == num)
15685 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15686
15687 return NULL;
15688 }
15689
15690 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15691 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15692 reconnecting). */
15693
15694 struct tracepoint *
15695 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15696 {
15697 struct breakpoint *b;
15698
15699 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15700 {
15701 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15702
15703 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15704 return t;
15705 }
15706
15707 return NULL;
15708 }
15709
15710 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15711 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15712 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15713 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15714
15715 struct tracepoint *
15716 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15717 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15718 {
15719 struct breakpoint *t;
15720 int tpnum;
15721 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15722
15723 if (state)
15724 {
15725 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15726 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15727 }
15728 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15729 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15730 else
15731 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15732
15733 if (tpnum <= 0)
15734 {
15735 if (instring && *instring)
15736 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15737 instring);
15738 else
15739 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15740 return NULL;
15741 }
15742
15743 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15744 if (t->number == tpnum)
15745 {
15746 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15747 }
15748
15749 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15750 return NULL;
15751 }
15752
15753 void
15754 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15755 {
15756 if (b->thread != -1)
15757 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15758
15759 if (b->task != 0)
15760 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15761
15762 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15763 }
15764
15765 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15766 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15767 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15768 non-zero. */
15769
15770 static void
15771 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15772 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15773 {
15774 struct breakpoint *tp;
15775 int any = 0;
15776 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15777 struct ui_file *fp;
15778 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15779
15780 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15781 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15782
15783 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15785 {
15786 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15787 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15788 continue;
15789
15790 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15791 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15792 continue;
15793
15794 any = 1;
15795
15796 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15797 {
15798 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15799
15800 /* We can stop searching. */
15801 break;
15802 }
15803 }
15804
15805 if (!any)
15806 {
15807 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15808 return;
15809 }
15810
15811 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15812 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15813 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15814 if (!fp)
15815 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15816 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15817 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15818
15819 if (extra_trace_bits)
15820 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15821
15822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15823 {
15824 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15825 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15826 continue;
15827
15828 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15829 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15830 continue;
15831
15832 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15833
15834 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15835 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15836 instead. */
15837
15838 if (tp->cond_string)
15839 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15840
15841 if (tp->ignore_count)
15842 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15843
15844 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15845 {
15846 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15847
15848 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15849
15850 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15851 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15852 {
15853 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15854 }
15855 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15856
15857 if (ex.reason < 0)
15858 throw_exception (ex);
15859
15860 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15861 }
15862
15863 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
15865
15866 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15867 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15868 special, and not user visible. */
15869 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15870 {
15871 struct bp_location *loc;
15872 int n = 1;
15873
15874 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15875 if (!loc->enabled)
15876 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15877 }
15878 }
15879
15880 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15881 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15882
15883 if (from_tty)
15884 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15885 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15886 }
15887
15888 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15889
15890 static void
15891 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15892 {
15893 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15894 }
15895
15896 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15897
15898 static void
15899 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15900 {
15901 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15902 }
15903
15904 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15905
15906 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15907 all_tracepoints (void)
15908 {
15909 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15910 struct breakpoint *tp;
15911
15912 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15913 {
15914 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15915 }
15916
15917 return tp_vec;
15918 }
15919
15920 \f
15921 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15922 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15923 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15924 command. */
15925 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15926 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15927 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15928 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15929 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15930 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15931 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15932 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15933 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15934 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15935 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15936 \n\
15937 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15938 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15939 \n\
15940 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15941 conditions are different.\n\
15942 \n\
15943 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15944
15945 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15946 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15947
15948 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15949 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15950
15951 void
15952 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15953 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15954 completer_ftype *completer,
15955 void *user_data_catch,
15956 void *user_data_tcatch)
15957 {
15958 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15959
15960 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15961 &catch_cmdlist);
15962 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15963 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15964 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15965
15966 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15967 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15968 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15969 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15970 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15971 }
15972
15973 static void
15974 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15975 {
15976 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15977 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15978
15979 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15980 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15981 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15982 }
15983
15984 static void
15985 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15986 {
15987 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15988 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15989 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15990 }
15991
15992 struct breakpoint *
15993 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15994 void *data)
15995 {
15996 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15997
15998 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15999 {
16000 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16001 return b;
16002 }
16003
16004 return NULL;
16005 }
16006
16007 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16008 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16009
16010 static int
16011 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16012 {
16013 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16014 non-inline function. */
16015 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16016 return 1;
16017
16018 return 0;
16019 }
16020
16021 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16022 have been inlined. */
16023
16024 int
16025 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16026 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16027 {
16028 struct breakpoint *b;
16029 struct bp_location *bl;
16030
16031 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16032 {
16033 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16034 continue;
16035
16036 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16037 {
16038 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16039 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16040 return 1;
16041 }
16042 }
16043
16044 return 0;
16045 }
16046
16047 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16048
16049 void
16050 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16051 {
16052 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16053
16054 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16055 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
16056 loc->symtab = NULL;
16057 }
16058
16059 void
16060 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16061 {
16062 static int initialized = 0;
16063
16064 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16065
16066 if (initialized)
16067 return;
16068 initialized = 1;
16069
16070 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16071 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16072 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16073 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16074 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16075 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16076 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16077 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16078 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16079 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16080 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16081 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16082
16083 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16084 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16085 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16086 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16087 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16088 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16089 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16090 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16091
16092 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16093 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16094 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16095 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16096 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16097 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16098 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16099 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16100 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16101 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16102
16103 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16104 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16105 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16106 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16107 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16108 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16109 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16110
16111 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16112 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16113 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16114 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16115 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16116 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16117 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16118
16119 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16120 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16121 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16122 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16123
16124 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16125 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16126 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16127 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16128 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16129 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16130 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16131
16132 /* Watchpoints. */
16133 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16134 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16135 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16136 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16137 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16138 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16139 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16140 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16141 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16142 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16143 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16144 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16145 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16146 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16147
16148 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16149 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16150 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16151 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16152 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16153 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16154 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16155 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16156 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16157 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16158 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16159
16160 /* Tracepoints. */
16161 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16162 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16163 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16164 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16165 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16166 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16167 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16168 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16169 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16170 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16171
16172 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16173 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16174 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16175 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16176 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16177
16178 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16179 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16180 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16181 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16182 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16183 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16184
16185 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16186 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16187 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16188 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16189 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16190 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16191 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16192 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16193 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16194 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16195
16196 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16197 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16198 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16199 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16200 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16201 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16202 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16203 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16204 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16205 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16206
16207 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16208 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16209 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16210 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16211 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16212 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16213 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16214 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16215 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16216 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16217 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16218
16219 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16220 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16221 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16222 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16223 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16224 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16225 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16226 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16227 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16228 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16229 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16230
16231 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16232 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16233 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16234 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16235 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16236 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16237 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16238 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16239 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16240 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16241 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16242 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16243
16244 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16245 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16246 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16247 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16248 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16249 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16250 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16251 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16252 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16253 }
16254
16255 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16256
16257 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16258
16259 void
16260 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16261 {
16262 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16263
16264 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16265
16266 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16267 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16268 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16269 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16270
16271 breakpoint_objfile_key
16272 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16273
16274 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16275 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16276 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16277
16278 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16279 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16280 before a breakpoint is set. */
16281 breakpoint_count = 0;
16282
16283 tracepoint_count = 0;
16284
16285 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16286 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16287 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16288 if (xdb_commands)
16289 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16290
16291 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16292 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16293 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16294 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16295 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16296 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16297 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16298 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16299
16300 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16301 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16302 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16303 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16304 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16305
16306 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16307 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16308 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16309 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16310 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16311 \n"
16312 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16313 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16314
16315 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16316 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16317 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16318 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16319 \n"
16320 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16321 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16322
16323 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16324 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16325 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16326 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16327 \n"
16328 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16329 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16330
16331 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16332 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16333 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16334 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16335 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16336 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16337 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16338 if (xdb_commands)
16339 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16340 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16341 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16342 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16343 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16344 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16345
16346 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16347
16348 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16349 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16350 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16351 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16352 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16353 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16354
16355 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16356 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16357 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16358 &enablebreaklist);
16359
16360 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16361 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16362 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16363 &enablebreaklist);
16364
16365 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16366 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16367 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16368 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16369 &enablebreaklist);
16370
16371 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16372 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16373 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16374 &enablelist);
16375
16376 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16377 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16378 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16379 &enablelist);
16380
16381 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16382 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16383 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16384 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16385 &enablelist);
16386
16387 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16388 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16389 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16390 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16391 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16392 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16393 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16394 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16395 if (xdb_commands)
16396 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16397 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16398 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16399 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16400 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16401
16402 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16403 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16404 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16405 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16406 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16407 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16408 &disablelist);
16409
16410 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16411 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16412 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16413 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16414 \n\
16415 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16416 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16417 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16418 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16419 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16420 if (xdb_commands)
16421 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16422 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16423 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16424 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16425
16426 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16427 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16428 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16429 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16430 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16431 &deletelist);
16432
16433 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16434 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16435 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16436 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16437 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16438 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16439 \n\
16440 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16441 is executing in.\n\
16442 \n\
16443 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16444 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16445
16446 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16447 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16448 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16449 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16450
16451 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16452 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16453 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16454 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16455
16456 if (xdb_commands)
16457 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16458
16459 if (dbx_commands)
16460 {
16461 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16462 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16463 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16464 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16465 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16466 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16467 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16468 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16469 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16470 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16471 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16472 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16473 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16474 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16475 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16476 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16477 \n\
16478 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16479 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16480 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16481 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16482 breakpoint set."));
16483 }
16484
16485 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16486 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16487 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16488 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16489 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16490 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16491 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16492 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16493 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16494 \n\
16495 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16496 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16497 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16498 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16499 breakpoint set."));
16500
16501 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16502
16503 if (xdb_commands)
16504 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16505 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16506 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16507 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16508 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16509 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16510 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16511 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16512 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16513 \n\
16514 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16515 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16516 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16517 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16518 breakpoint set."));
16519
16520 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16521 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16522 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16523 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16524 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16525 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16526 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16527 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16528 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16529 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16530 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16531 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16532 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16533 \n\
16534 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16535 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16536 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16537 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16538 breakpoint set."),
16539 &maintenanceinfolist);
16540
16541 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16542 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16543 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16544 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16545
16546 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16547 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16548 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16549 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16550
16551 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16552 catch_fork_command_1,
16553 NULL,
16554 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16555 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16556 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16557 catch_fork_command_1,
16558 NULL,
16559 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16560 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16561 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16562 catch_exec_command_1,
16563 NULL,
16564 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16565 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16566 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16567 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16568 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16569 catch_load_command_1,
16570 NULL,
16571 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16572 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16573 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16574 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16575 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16576 catch_unload_command_1,
16577 NULL,
16578 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16579 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16580 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16581 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16582 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16583 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16584 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16585 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16586 catch_syscall_command_1,
16587 catch_syscall_completer,
16588 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16589 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16590
16591 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16592 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16593 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16594 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16595 an expression changes.\n\
16596 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16597 the memory to which it refers."));
16598 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16599
16600 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16601 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16602 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16603 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16604 an expression is read.\n\
16605 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16606 the memory to which it refers."));
16607 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16608
16609 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16610 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16611 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16612 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16613 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16614 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16615 the memory to which it refers."));
16616 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16617
16618 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16619 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16620
16621 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16622 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16623 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16624 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16625 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16626 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16627 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16628 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16629 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16630 hardware.)"),
16631 NULL,
16632 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16633 &setlist, &showlist);
16634
16635 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16636
16637 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16638
16639 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16640 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16641 \n"
16642 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16643 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16644 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16645
16646 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16647 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16648 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16649 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16650
16651 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16652 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16653 \n"
16654 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16655 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16656 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16657
16658 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16659 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16660 \n\
16661 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16662 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16663 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16664 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16665 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16666 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16667 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16668 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16669 the selected stack frame.\n\
16670 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16671 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16672 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16673 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16674 \n\
16675 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16676 \n\
16677 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16678 conditions are different.\n\
16679 \n\
16680 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16681 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16682 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16683
16684 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16685 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16686 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16687 last tracepoint set."));
16688
16689 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16690
16691 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16692 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16693 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16694 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16695 &deletelist);
16696 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16697
16698 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16699 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16700 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16701 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16702 &disablelist);
16703 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16704
16705 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16706 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16707 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16708 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16709 &enablelist);
16710 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16711
16712 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16713 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16714 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16715 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16716 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16717
16718 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16719 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16720 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16721 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16722
16723 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16724 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16725 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16726 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16727 session to restore them."),
16728 &save_cmdlist);
16729 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16730
16731 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16732 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16733 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16734 &save_cmdlist);
16735 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16736
16737 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16738 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16739
16740 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16741 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16742 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16743 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16744 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16745 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16746 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16747 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16748 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16749 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16750 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16751 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16752
16753 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16754 &pending_break_support, _("\
16755 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16756 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16757 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16758 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16759 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16760 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16761 NULL,
16762 show_pending_break_support,
16763 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16764 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16765
16766 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16767
16768 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16769 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16770 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16771 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16772 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16773 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16774 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16775 NULL,
16776 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16777 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16778 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16779
16780 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16781 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16782 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16783 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16784 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16785 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16786 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16787 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16788 when execution stops."),
16789 NULL,
16790 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16791 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16792 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16793
16794 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16795 condition_evaluation_enums,
16796 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16797 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16798 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16799 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16800 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16801 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16802 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16803 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16804 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16805 be set to \"gdb\""),
16806 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16807 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16808 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16809 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16810
16811 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16812 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16813 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16814 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16815 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16816 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16817 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16818 or the start of the range\n\
16819 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16820 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16821 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16822 \n\
16823 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16824 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16825 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16826
16827 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16828 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16829 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16830 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16831 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16832 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16833 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16834
16835 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16836 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16837 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16838 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16839 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16840 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16841 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16842 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16843 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16844 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16845 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16846 &setlist, &showlist);
16847
16848 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16849 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16850 &dprintf_function, _("\
16851 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16852 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16853 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16854 &setlist, &showlist);
16855
16856 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16857 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16858 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16859 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16860 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16861 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16862 &setlist, &showlist);
16863
16864 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16865 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16866 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16867 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16868 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16869 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16870 NULL,
16871 NULL,
16872 &setlist, &showlist);
16873
16874 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16875 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16876 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16877
16878 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16879
16880 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16881 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16882 }